Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 225

Anchor

Fastening
Technology
Manual
Australia / New Zealand
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
Hilti (Aust.) Pty Ltd | Level 5, 1G Homebush Bay Drive | Rhodes | NSW 2138 | T 131 292 | F 1300 135 042 | www.hilti.com.au
Item # 3480195
A
n
c
h
o
r

F
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g

T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y

M
a
n
u
a
l
May 2011
4pp cover+spine_FINAL.indd 1 22/06/11 11:57 AM
May 2011 page 1
Foreword
Foreword
Dear design professional,
At Hilti, we are constantly striving to provide you with a state-of-the-art solution for anchor
design. We are strongly inuenced by your feedback as well as the latest developments in
regulations, codes and approvals.
Based on your feedback, we have developed this Fastening Technology Manual. It reects
our continuous investment in long-term research, regulation development and most
importantly the basic needs of our customers and stakeholders.
This manual has been specially developed to provide a quick and easy design process for
basic anchor congurations.
Developed by Hilti, it is a reliable support tool for the designer and forms an integral part of
Hiltis service & support offering.
To compliment the manual, we have developed anchor design software PROFIS.
This software provides the designer with the ability to handle more complex designs,
according to international and national guidelines.
Our national team of qualied Field Engineers work directly with design professionals to
provide expert technical support on your anchoring requirements.
To request an additional copy of this manual or to obtain a copy of PROFIS design software,
please visit us at www.hilti.com.au and click on the Service & Support tab. For technical
support or to request a consultative visit, contact us directly on au.engineering@hilti.com
or 131 292.
We look forward to working with you to make anchor design simple, safe and efcient.
Mark Esdaile
Engineering Manager
Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd
Jan Pacas
General Manager
Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd
page 2 May 2011
Important notice
Important notice
1. Construction materials and conditions vary on different sites. If it is suspected that the base material has insufcient
strength to achieve a suitable fastening, contact the Hilti Technical Advisory Service.
2. The information and recommendations given herein are based on the principles, formulae and safety factors set out in the
Hilti technical instructions, the operating manuals, the setting instructions, the installation manuals and other data sheets
that are believed to be correct at the time of writing. The data and values are based on the respective average values
obtained from tests under laboratory or other controlled conditions. It is the users responsibility to use the data given in the
light of conditions on site and taking into account the intended use of the products concerned. The user has to check the
listed prerequisites and criteria conform with the conditions actually existing on the job-site. Whilst Hilti can give general
guidance and advice, the nature of Hilti products means that the ultimate responsibility for selecting the right product for a
particular application must lie with the customer.
3. All products must be used, handled and applied strictly in accordance with all current instructions for use published by
Hilti, i.e. technical instructions, operating manuals, setting instructions, installation manuals and others.
4. All products are supplied and advice is given subject to the Hilti terms of business.
5. Hiltis policy is one of continuous development. We therefore reserve the right to alter specications, etc. without notice.
6. The given mean ultimate loads and characteristic data in the Anchor Fastening Technology Manual reect actual test
results and are thus valid only for the indicated test conditions. Due to variations in local base materials, on-site testing is
required to determine performance at any specic site.
7. Hilti is not obligated for direct, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses in connection with, or by
reason of, the use of, or inability to use the products for any purpose. Implied warranties of merchantability or tness for a
particular purpose are specically excluded.
Hilti Corporation
FL-9494 Schaan
Principality of Liechtenstein
www.hilti.com
Hilti = registred trademark of the Hilti Corporation, Schaan
May 2011 page 3
Contents
Contents
Anchor technology and design 5
Anchor selector 6
Specifying Hilti anchors 10
Glossary of Hilti anchors 12
PROFIS Anchor 2 13
Legal environment 14
Base materials 16
Corrosion 22
Dynamic 26
Resistance to re 32
Design examples 38
Chemical anchoring systems 41
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor 42
HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor 54
Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS 66
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V 80
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS 92
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N 108
Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry 120
Chemical anchor components & accessories 132
Mechanical anchoring systems 137
HDA design anchor 138
HSL-3 heavy duty anchor 150
HSC-A safety anchor 160
HSC-I safety anchor 170
HSA stud anchor 180
HUS-HR screw anchor 186
HUS-H screw anchor 196
HKD push-in anchor single anchor application 204
HKD push-in anchor redundant fastening 212
Post installed rebar systems 217
page 4 May 2011
Anchor selector
Engineering support
We have Field Engineers in Perth, Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne and Adelaide.
How can they help you, the consulting engineers?
Ensure that you can choose or specify the right product for each application, in particular in the eld of anchor
fastenings for concrete and restop systems.
Provide a problem solving and technical support function.
Carry out seminars on Hilti products and technical related subjects at your request.
This compact Fastening Technology Manual, which you have in your hands, is just part of a comprehensive range of
engineering software which includes
More detailed technical information on specic topics or products as required
Anchor Design programme PROFIS Anchor.
Hilti Field Engineers Located at the Following Addresses:
Sydney:
1G Homebush Bay Drive,
Rhodes NSW 2138
Fax: (02) 8748 1191
Melbourne:
203-205 Normanby Road,
South Melbourne VIC 3205
Fax: 1300 135 042
Brisbane:
718 Kingsford Smith Drive
Hamilton QLD 4007
Fax: 1300 135 042
Phone Hilti Australia on 131 292
or au.engineering@hilti.com
Head ofce Australia:
Hilti (Aust.) Pty. Ltd
ABN 44 007 602 100 (ACN 007 602 100
1G Homebush Bay Drive, Rhodes NSW 2138
Tel: (02) 8748 1000 Fax: (02) 8748 1190
www.hilti.com.au
Adelaide:
52 Richmond Road
Keswick SA 5035
Fax: (08) 8371 2553
Perth:
23 Belmont Avenue
Belmont WA 6104
Fax: (08) 9479 4687
Head ofce New Zealand:
Hilti (New Zealand) Ltd.
Unit 1/B 525 Great South Road
PO Box 112-030, Penrose Auckland 1061
Tel: 0800 444 584 Fax: 0800 329 445
www.hilti.co.nz
Engineering support
May 2011 page 5
Anchor technology and design.
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
page 6 May 2011
Anchor selector
Anchor selector
Anchor type Base material
F
i
r
e

t
e
s
t
e
d
Application
C
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
U
n
c
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
S
o
l
i
d

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
H
o
l
l
o
w

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
Mechanical anchor systems
Heavy duty anchors
HDA-T/ -TR/TF/-P/-PR/-PF
undercut anchor

Anchor fastening for high loads e.g. in steel
construction and plant construction, suitable
for dynamic loading
HSL-3 / 3B heavy duty anchor

Fastening heavy loads e.g. from structural
columns & beams, machine, etc.
Medium and light duty anchors
HSC-A(R) /-I(R) safety anchor

Safety relevant fastening at facades, ceilings &
balustrades where short embedment depth is
required.
HSA/-R/-F stud anchor

Fastening through in place parts like wooden
beams, metal sections, columns, beams,
brackets, etc.
HUS-HR screw anchor

Fastening channels, brackets, racks, seating,
temporary and permanent fastenings.
HUS-H screw anchor

Fastening channels, brackets, racks, seating,
temporary and permanent fastenings.
HKD push-in anchor

Fastening with threaded rods for pipe
suspensions, air ducts, suspended ceilings.
= very suitable
May 2011 page 7
Anchor selector

Key Features Drill bit diameter
resp. anchor size
Specication Setting Page
S
t
e
e
l
,

z
i
n
c

p
l
a
t
e
d
S
t
e
e
l
,

s
h
e
r
a
d
i
s
e
d
,

h
o
t

d
i
p
p
e
d

g
a
l
v
.
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

s
t
e
e
l

A
4

(
1
.
4
4
0
1
)
H
C
R

s
t
e
e
l
*


(
1
.
4
5
2
9
)
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
I
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
P
r
e
-
s
e
t
t
i
n
g
T
h
r
o
u
g
h
-
f
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g
Automatic undercutting
High load capacity
Approved for dynamic loads
Drill bit dia.:
20 37 mm
Anchor size:
M10 M20
138
Reliable pull-down of part
fastened.
Force controlled expansion
Automatic torque control
(safety cap)
Drill bit dia.:
12 32 mm
Anchor size:
M8 M24
150
Automatic undercutting
Suitable for shallow base material
thickness.
Shallow anchorage depth
Drill bit dia.:
14 20 mm
Anchor size:
M8 M12

160
170
Two setting depths
Setting mark
Extremely ductile steel for high
bending capacity
Drill bit dia.:
6 20 mm
Anchor size:
M6 M20
180
Screw driven straight into base
material
Forged on washer
Matched system of screw anchor
and screw driver
Drill bit dia.:
10 14 mm
186
Screw driven straight into base
material
Forged on washer
Matched system of screw anchor
and screw driver
Drill bit dia.:
8 14 mm
196
Visual verication of full expansion
Shallow setting depth
Drill bit dia.:
8 25 mm
Anchor size:
M6 M20
204
= very suitable
*HCR steel available subject to lead time
page 8 May 2011
Anchor selector

Anchor type Base material
F
i
r
e

t
e
s
t
e
d
Application
C
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
U
n
c
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
S
o
l
i
d

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
H
o
l
l
o
w

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
Adhesive anchor systems
Foil capsule systems
HVU adhesive anchor

Heavy duty adhesive capsule fastenings with
threaded rod and internally threaded sleeves
for structural steel columns, beams, brackets,
end plate & balustrade fastenings.
Injection mortar systems
HIT-RE 500

Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. Heavy
duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod
fastenings. Concrete member / element
extensions starter bars or structural steel
columns, beams, brackets & end plate
fastenings with threaded rod.
HIT-HY 150 MAX

Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. Heavy
duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod
fastenings. Structural steel columns, beams,
brackets & end plate fastenings with
threaded rod or shallow embedment concrete
member / element extensions starter bars
HIT-HY 70

Universal chemical injection mortar / adhesive
for solid and hollow brick. Fastening wooden
or steel elements to masonry.
= very suitable Note: HIT-RE 500 SD for cracked concrete is available subject to lead time
May 2011 page 9
Anchor selector
Key Features Drill bit diameter
resp. anchor size
Specication Setting Page
S
t
e
e
l
,

z
i
n
c

p
l
a
t
e
d
S
t
e
e
l
,

s
h
e
r
a
d
i
s
e
d
,

h
o
t

d
i
p
p
e
d

g
a
l
v
.
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

s
t
e
e
l

A
4

(
1
.
4
4
0
1
)
H
C
R

s
t
e
e
l
*


(
1
.
4
5
2
9
)
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
I
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
P
r
e
-
s
e
t
t
i
n
g
T
h
r
o
u
g
h
-
f
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g
A strong and exible foil capsule
Fast cure, volume controlled
adhesive.
Small edge distances and spacing
Suitable for diamond cored or
hammer drilled holes.
Ideal for overhead fastenings.
HAS M8 M39
HIS-M8 - M20

42
54
Small spacing and edge
distances.
Slow cure, suitable for shallow &
deep embedment
Suitable for diamond cored &
hammer drilled holes.
Low dispensing pressure
No expansion pressure
No styrene content
HAS M8 M39
HIS-M8 - M20
Rebar dia.
8 40 mm
HIT-V M8 M24

66
Small spacing and edge distances
Very Fast cure
No expansion pressure
Low dispensing pressure
No styrene content
No plasticizer content
HAS M8 M30
HIS-M8 - M20
Rebar dia.
8 24 mm
HIT-V M8 M24

92
108
Mortar lling control with
HIT-SC sleeves
Fast cure
No expansion pressure
Low dispensing pressure
Suitable for solid or hollow
masonary.
Drill bit dia.:
10 22 mm
Thread:
M6 M12
120
= very suitable Note: HIS (internal thread) not available in sheradised, hot dipped galv or HCR steel
*HCR steel available subject to lead time
page 10 May 2011
Specifying Hilti anchors
Specifying Hilti anchors
Chemical anchors
Anchor type Zinc Plated Hot dipped galvanised Stainless steel
HVU + HAS-E Hilti HVU M16 chemical
capsule with HAS-E M16
rod (zinc plated). Standard
125mm embedment.
Hilti HVU M16 chemical
capsule with HAS-E-F M16
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
Standard 125mm
embedment.
Hilti HVU M16 chemical
capsule with HAS-E-R M16
rod (stainless steel). Standard
125mm embedment.
HVU + HIS-N Hilti HVU M20 chemical
capsule with HIS-N M16
sleeve (zinc plated). Standard
170mm embedment.
N/A
Hilti HVU M20 chemical
capsule with HIS-RN
M16 sleeve (stainless
steel). Standard 170mm
embedment
HIT-HY150 MAX + HIT-V Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIT-V M16
rod (zinc plated). 125mm
embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M16
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M16
rod (stainless steel). 125mm
embedment.
HIT-HY150 MAX + HIS-N Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIS-N M16
sleeve (zinc plated). Standard
170mm embedment.
N/A
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX
chemical injection with HIS-
RN M16 sleeve (stainless
steel). Standard 170mm
embedment.
HIT-HY150 MAX + Rebar Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with N16 rebar.
200mm embedment.
N/A N/A
HIT-RE500 + HIT-V Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with HIT-V M16 rod
(zinc plated).
125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M16
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M16
rod (stainless steel).
125mm embedment.
HIT-RE500 + Rebar Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with N24 rebar.
400mm embedment.
N/A N/A
HIT HY70
(hollow
masonry)
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V M12 rod
(zinc plated) using HIT-SC
composite sleeve. Standard
85mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M12 rod
(hot dipped galvanised) using
HIT-SC composite sleeve.
Standard 85mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M12 rod
(stainless steel) using HIT-SC
composite sleeve. Standard
85mm embedment.
HIT HY70 (solid masonry) Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V M12 rod
(zinc plated). Standard 85mm
embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M12
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
Standard 85mm embedment
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M12
rod (stainless steel).
Standard 85mm embedment.
May 2011 page 11
Specifying Hilti anchors
Mechanical anchors
Anchor type Zinc Plated Hot dipped galvanised Stainless steel
HDA-P Hilti HDA-P M10 x 100/20
(zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-PF M10 x 100/20
(sheradised)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-PR M10 x 100/20
(stainless steel)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
HDA-T Hilti HDA-T M10 x 100/20
(zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-TF M10 x 100/20
(sheradised)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-TR M10 x 100/20
(stainless steel)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
HSL-3-B HSL-3-B M12/25 heavy duty
anchor (zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 25mm
N/A N/A
HSL-3 HSL-3- M12/25 heavy duty
anchor (zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 25mm
N/A N/A
HSC-A Hilti HSC-A M10 x 40 safety
anchor (zinc plated)
N/A
Hilti HSC-AR M10 x 40
safety anchor (stainless steel)
** available subject to leadtime
HSC-I Hilti HSC-I M10 x 50 safety
anchor (zinc plated)
N/A
Hilti HSC-IR M10 x 50
safety anchor (stainless steel)
** available subject to leadtime
HSA Hilti HSA M16 x 140 stud
anchor (zinc plated)
Hilti HSA-F M16 x 140
stud anchor (hot dipped
galvanised)
Hilti HSA-R M16 x 140
stud anchor (stainless steel)
HUS-H Hilti HUS-H 10 x 100
concrete screw anchor (zinc
plated)
Hilti HUS-HF 10 x 100
concrete screw anchor (hot
dipped galvanised)
Hilti HUS-HR 10 x 105
concrete screw anchor
(stainless steel)
HKD-S Hilti HKD-S M10 x 40 drop-
in-anchor (zinc plated)
N/A
Hilti HKD-SR M10 x 40
drop-in-anchor (stainless
steel)
page 12 May 2011
Glossary of Hilti anchors
Glossary of Hilti anchors
Chemical anchors
HIT-V Zinc plated threaded rod, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars, enabling
exible embedment depth
HIT-V-F Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars,
enabling exible embedment depth
HIT-V-R Stainless steel, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars, enabling exible
embedment depth
HAS-E Zinc plated threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting
HAS-E-F Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting
HAS-E-R Stainless steel threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting
HIS-N Zinc plated internally threaded anchor sleeve
HIS-RN Stainless steel internally threaded anchor sleeve
HIT-SC Composite mesh sleeve, specically for use with HIT-HY70 in hollow masonry base materials.
HVU Hilti Vinyl Urethane chemical capsule
HIT-RE500 High performance injection epoxy, ideal for rebar application
HIT-HY150MAX High performance two component hybrid mortar injection anchor for use in concrete.
HIT-HY70 Two component hybrid mortar injection anchor, for use in hollow & solid masonry
Mechanical anchors
HDA-P Zinc plated, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. P for pre-set fastening
HDA-PF Sheradised, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. P for pre-set fastening
HDA-PR Stainless steel, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. P for pre-set fastening
HDA-T Zinc plated, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. T for through set fastening
HDA-TF Sheradised, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. T for through set fastening
HDA-TR Stainless steel, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. T for through set fastening
HSC-A Zinc plated, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, external thread
HSC-AR Stainless steel, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, external thread
HSC-I Zinc plated, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, internal thread
HSC-IR Stainless steel, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, internal thread
HSL-3 High tensile steel, heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor
HSL-3-B High tensile steel, heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor with torque indicator cap
HSA Hilti stud anchor, zinc plated
HSA-F Hilti stud anchor, hot dipped galvanised
HSA-R Hilti stud anchor, stainless steel
HUS-H Concrete screw anchor, zinc plated
HUS-HF Concrete screw anchor, hot dipped galvanised
HUS-HR Concrete screw anchor, stainless steel
HKD-S Internally threaded drop-in anchor, zinc plated
HKD-SR Internally threaded drop-in anchor, stainless steel
May 2011 page 13
PROFIS Anchor 2
PROFIS Anchor 2
Applications
Anchor calculation in concrete construction for static or dynamic
load cases
Functionality
Intuitive left to right working ribbon for structured input.
Simple 3D graphics with direct input for geometry and loads
Large selection of pre dened anchor plates which can be easily
customised
Several lter options for increased productivity
Easy access to technical library, approvals and documents
Update function that noties of any changes available
Advantages
Fast and reliable anchor design based on the most up to date
technical data and approvals such as ETA.
Downloadable free of charge from www.hilti.com.au
PC System requirements
Microsoft Windows 2000
Professional, Microsoft Windows XP,
Microsoft Windows Vista or Microsoft
Windows 7 operating system with
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.1 or
higher.
CPU: Intel or AMD, 2 GHz or better
- Memory: 1024 MB or more - Hard
disk: 600 MB free space - CD-ROM:
24x - Hardware accelerated 3D
OpenGL video.
page 14 May 2011
Legal environment
Legal environment
Technical data
The technical data presented in this Anchor Fastening Technology Manual are all based on numerous tests and evaluation
according to the state-of-the art. Hilti anchors are tested in our test labs in Kaufering (Germany), Schaan (Principality of
Liechtenstein) or Tulsa (USA) and evaluated by our experienced engineers and/or tested and evaluated by independent testing
institutes in Europe and the USA. Where national or international regulations do not cover all possible types of applications,
additional Hilti data help to nd customised solutions.
In addition to the standard tests for admissible service conditions and suitability tests, for safety relevant applications re
resistance, shock, seismic and fatigue tests are performed.
European Technical Approval Guidelines
Approval based data given in this manual are either according to European Technical Approval Guidelines (ETAG) or have been
evaluated according to these guidelines and/or national regulations.
The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 001 METAL ANCHORS FOR USE IN CONCRETE sets out the basis for
assessing anchors to be used in concrete (cracked and non-cracked). It consists of:
Part 1 Anchors in general
Part 2 Torque-controlled expansion anchors
Part 3 Undercut anchors
Part 4 Deformation-controlled expansion anchors
Part 5 Bonded anchors
Part 6 Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications
Annex A Details of test
Annex B Tests for admissible service conditions detailed information
Annex C Design methods for anchorages
For special anchors for use in concrete, additional Technical Reports (TR) related to ETAG 001 set out additional requirements:
TR 018 Assessment of torque-controlled bonded anchors
TR 020 Evaluation of Anchorages in Concrete concerning Resistance to Fire
TR 029 Design of Bonded Anchors
The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 020 PLASTIC ANCHORS FOR MULTIPLE USE IN CONCRETE AND
MASONRY FOR NON-STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS sets out the basis for assessing plastic anchors to be used in concrete
or masonry for redundant fastenings (multiple use). It consists of:
Part 1 General
Part 2 Plastic anchors for use in normal weight concrete
Part 3 Plastic anchors for use in solid masonry materials
Part 4 Plastic anchors for use in hollow or perforated masonry
Part 5 Plastic anchors for use in autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC)
Annex A Details of tests
Annex B Recommendations for tests to be carried out on construction works
Annex C Design methods for anchorages
The European Technical Approval Guidelines including related Technical Reports set out the requirements for anchors and the
acceptance criteria they shall meet.
The general assessment approach adopted in the Guideline is based on combining relevant existing knowledge and experience
of anchor behaviour with testing. Using this approach, testing is needed to assess the suitability of anchors.
The requirements in European Technical Approval Guidelines are set out in terms of objectives and of relevant actions to
be taken into account. ETAGs specify values and characteristics, the conformity with which gives the presumption that the
requirements set out are satised, whenever the state of art permits to do so. The Guidelines may indicate alternate possibilities
for the demonstration of the satisfaction of the requirements.
May 2011 page 15
Legal environment
Post installed rebar connections
The basis for the assessment of post installed rebar connections is in accordance to the model as per the following Australian
Standard to determine the concrete capacity:
AS3600 - 2009 : Concrete Structures
When applied in combination with the development of HIT chemical injection mortar, the load transfer values achieved are
comparable to those obtained with cast-in reinforcement.
System of attestation of conformity
For anchors having an approval, the conformity of the product shall be certied by an approved certication body (notied
body) on the basis of tasks for the manufacturer and tasks for the approved body.
Tasks for the manufacturer are:
Factory production control (permanent internal control of production and documentation according to a prescribed test plan)
involve a body which is approved for the tasks
Tasks for the approved body are:
initial type testing of the product
initial inspection of factory and of factory production control
continuous surveillance, assessment and approval of factory production control
page 16 May 2011
Base materials
The wide variety of building materials used today provide different anchoring
conditions for anchors. There is hardly a base material in or to which a fastening
cannot be made with a Hilti product. However, the properties of the base material
play a decisive role when selecting a suitable fastener / anchor and determining the
load it can hold.
The main building materials suitable for anchor fastenings have been described in
the following.
Concrete is synthetic stone, consisting of a mixture of cement, aggregates and
water, possibly also additives, which is produced when the cement paste hardens
and cures. Concrete has a relatively high compressive strength, but only low tensile
strength. Steel reinforcing bars are cast in concrete to take up tensile forces. It is
then referred to as reinforced concrete.
If the tensile strength of concrete is exceeded, cracks form, which, as a rule, cannot
be seen. Experience has shown that the crack width does not exceed the gure
regarded as admissible,i.e. w 0.3mm, if the concrete is under a constant load. If it
is subjected predominately to forces of constraint, individual cracks might be wider
if no additional reinforcement is provided in the concrete to restrict the crack width.
If a concrete component is subjected to a bending load, the cracks have a wedge
shape across the component cross-section and they end close to the neutral axis.
It is recommended that anchors that are suitable in cracked concrete be used in the
tension zone of concrete components. Other types of anchors can be used if they
are set in the compression zone.
Anchors are set in both low-strength and high-strength concrete. Generally, the
range of compressive strength, fc,cyl is between 20 and 50 MPa. Expansion anchors
should not be set in concrete which has not cured for more than seven days. If
anchors are loaded immediately after they have been set, the loading capacity can
be assumed to be only the actual strength of the concrete at that time. If an anchor
is set and the load applied later, the loading capacity can be assumed to be the
concrete strength determined at the time of applying the load.
b, D calculated compressive stress
b, Z calculated tensile stress
fct concrete tensile strength
Base materials
General
Different anchoring conditions
Concrete
A mixture of cement, aggregates
and water
Cracking from bending
Stress and strain in sections with
conditions I and II
If cracks in the tension zone
exist, suitable anchor systems
are required
Observe curing of concrete when
using expansion anchors
May 2011 page 17
Base materials
Cutting through reinforcement when drilling anchor holes must be avoided. If this
is not possible, the design engineer responsible must be consulted rst.
Masonry
Masonry is a heterogeneous base material. The hole being drilled for an anchor
can run into mortar joints or cavities. Owing to the relatively low strength of
masonry, the loads taken up locally cannot be particularly high. A tremendous
variety of types and shapes of masonry bricks are on the market, e.g. clay bricks,
sand-lime bricks or concrete bricks, all of different shapes and either solid or
with cavities. Hilti offers a range of different fastening solutions for this variety of
masonry base material, e.g. the HPS-1, HRD, HUD, HIT, etc.
If there are doubts when selecting a fastener / anchor, your local Hilti sales
representative will be pleased to provide assistance.
When making a fastening, care must be taken to ensure that a layer of insulation
or plaster is not used as the base material. The specied anchorage depth (depth
of embedment) must be in the actual base material.
Other base materials
Aerated concrete: This is manufactured from ne-grained sand as the aggregate,
lime and/or cement as the binding agent, water and aluminium as the gas-forming
agent. The density is between 0.4 and 0.8 kg/dm and the compressive strength 2
to 6 N/mm. Hilti offers the HGN and HRD-U anchors for this base material.
Lightweight concrete: This is concrete which has a low density, i.e. 1800 kg/
m, and a porosity that reduces the strength of the concrete and thus the loading
capacity of an anchor. Hilti offers the HRD, HUD, HGN, etc anchor systems for this
base material.
Drywall (plasterboard/gypsum) panels: These are mostly building components
without a supporting function, such as wall and ceiling panels, to which less
important, so-called secondary fastenings are made. The Hilti anchors suitable for
this material are the HLD and HHD.
In addition to the previously named building materials, a large variety of others,
e.g. natural stone, etc, can be encountered in practice. Furthermore, special
building components are also made from the previously mentioned materials
which, because of manufacturing method and conguration, result in base
materials with peculiarities that must be given careful attention, e.g. hollow ceiling
oor components, etc.
Descriptions and explanations of each of these would go beyond the bounds
of this manual. Generally though, fastenings can be made to these materials. In
some cases, test reports exist for these special materials. It is also recommended
that the design engineer, company carrying out the work and Hilti technical staff
hold a discussion in each case.
In some cases, testing on the jobsite should be arranged to verify the suitability
and the loading capacity of the selected anchor.
Avoid cutting reinforcement
Different types and shapes
Aerated concrete
Plaster coating is not a base
material for fastenings
Lightweight concrete
Drywall / gypsum panels
Variety of base materials
Jobsite tests
page 18 May 2011
Base materials
The tensile load, N, is transferred to
the base material by friction, R. The
expansion force, Fexp, is necessary for
this to take place. It is produced, for
example, by driving in an expansion
plug (HKD).
The tensile load, N, is in equilibrium with
the supporting forces, R, acting on the
base material, such as with the HDA
anchor.
An adhesive bond is produced between
the anchor rod and the hole wall by a
synthetic resin adhesive, such as with
HVU with HAS anchor rods.
Many anchors obtain their holding power from a combination of the above
mentioned working principles.
For example, an anchor exerts an expansion force against wall of its hole as a result
of the displacement of a cone relative to a sleeve. This permits the longitudinal force
to be transferred to the anchor by friction. At the same time, this expansion force
causes permanent local deformation of the base material, above all in the case of
metal anchors. A keying action results which enables the longitudinal force in the
anchor to be transferred additionally to the base material
In the case of expansion anchors, a distinction is made between force-controlled
and movement-controlled types. The expansion force of force-controlled expansion
anchors is dependent on the tensile force in the anchor (HSL-3 heavy-duty anchor).
This tensile force is produced, and thus controlled, when a tightening torque is
applied to expand the anchor.
In the case of movement-controlled types, expansion takes place over a distance
that is predetermined by the geometry of the anchor in the expanded state. Thus
an expansion force is produced (HKD anchor) which is governed by the modulus of
elasticity of the base material.
The synthetic resin of an adhesive anchor inltrates into the pores of the base
material and, after it has hardened and cured, achieves a local keying action in
addition to the bond.
Why does an anchor hold in a base material?
There are three basic working principles which make an anchor hold in a building material:
Friction
Keying
Bonding
Combination of working
principles
Force-controlled and
displacement-controlled
expansion anchors
Adhesive/resin anchor
Working principles
May 2011 page 19
Base materials
The failure patterns of anchor fastenings subjected to a continually increased load
can be depicted as follows:
The weakest point in an anchor fastening determines the cause of failure. Modes
of failure, 1. break-out, 2. anchor pull-away and, 3., 3a., failure of anchor parts,
occur mostly when single anchors that are a suitable distance from an edge or the
next anchor, are subjected to a pure tensile load. These causes of failure govern
the max. loading capacity of anchors. On the other hand, a small edge distance
causes mode of failure 4. edge breaking. The ultimate loads are then smaller than
those of the previously mentioned modes of failure. The tensile strength of the
fastening base material is exceeded in the cases of break-out, edge breaking and
splitting.
Basically, the same modes of failure take place under a combined load. The mode
of failure 1. break-out, becomes more seldom as the angle between the direction
of the applied load and the anchor axis increases.
Generally, a shear load causes a conchoidal (shell-like) area of spall on one side
of the anchor hole and, subsequently, the anchor parts suffer bending tension or
shear failure. If the distance from an edge is small and the shear load is towards
the free edge of a building component, however, the edge breaks away.
Effects of static loading
Failure patterns
Causes of failure
Combined load
Shear load
Failure modes
1.
3.
4.
2.
3a.
page 20 May 2011
Base materials
It is not possible for a reinforced concrete structure to be built which does not have
cracks in it under working conditions. Provided that they do not exceed a certain
width, however, it is not at all necessary to regard cracks as defects in a structure.
With this in mind, the designer of a structure assumes that cracks will exist in the
tension zone of reinforced concrete components when carrying out the design work
(condition II). Tensile forces from bending are taken up in a composite construction
by suitably sized reinforcement in the form of ribbed steel bars, whereas the
compressive forces from bending are taken up by the concrete (compression zone).
The reinforcement is only utilised efciently if the concrete in the tension zone is
permitted to be stressed (elongated) to such an extent that it cracks under the
working load. The position of the tension zone is determined by the static / design
system and where the load is applied to the structure. Normally, the cracks run in
one direction (line or parallel cracks). Only in rare cases, such as with reinforced
concrete slabs stressed in two planes, can cracks also run in two directions.
Testing and application conditions for anchors are currently being drafted
internationally based on the research results of anchor manufacturers and
universities. These will guarantee the functional reliability and safety of anchor
fastenings made in cracked concrete.
When anchor fastenings are made in non-cracked concrete, equilibrium is
established by a tensile stress condition of rotational symmetry around the anchor
axis. If a crack exists, the loadbearing mechanisms are seriously disrupted because
virtually no annular tensile forces can be taken up beyond the edge of the crack. The
disruption caused disrupted by the crack reduces the loadbearing capacity of the
anchor system.
The width of a crack in a concrete component has a major inuence on the tensile
loading capacity of all fasteners, not only anchors, but also cast-in items, such as
headed studs. A crack width of about 0.3mm is assumed when designing anchor
fastenings. The reduction factor which can be used for the ultimate tensile loads of
anchor fastenings made in cracked concrete as opposed to non-cracked concrete
may be assumed to be 0.65 to 0.70 for the HSC anchor, for example. Larger
reduction factors for ultimate tensile loads must be anticipated (used in calculations)
in the case of all those anchors which were set in the past without any consideration
of the above-mentioned inuence of cracks. In this respect, the safety factor to
use to allow for the failure of cracked concrete is not the same as the gure given
in product information, i.e. all previous gures in the old anchor manual. This is
an unacceptable situation which is being eliminated through specic testing with
anchors set in cracked concrete, and adding suitable information to the product
description sheets.
Very narrow cracks are not
defects in a structure
Reduction factor for cracked
concrete
Efcient utilisation of
reinforcement
Loadbearing mechanisms
Inuence of cracks
a) Non-cracked concrete b) Cracked concrete
Crack plane
May 2011 page 21
Base materials
Since international testing conditions for anchors are based on the above-
mentioned crack widths, no theoretical relationship between ultimate tensile loads
and different crack widths has been given.
The statements made above apply primarily to static loading conditions. If the
loading is dynamic, the clamping force and pretensioning force in an anchor bolt
/ rod play a major role. If a crack propagates in a reinforced concrete component
after an anchor has been set, it must be assumed that the pretensioning force
in the anchor will decrease and, as a result, the clamping force from the xture
(part fastened) will be reduced (lost). The properties of this fastening for dynamic
loading will then have deteriorated.
To ensure that an anchor fastening remains suitable for dynamic loading even
after cracks appear in the concrete, the clamping force and pretensioning force
in the anchor must be upheld. Suitable measures to achieve this can be sets of
springs or similar devices
Pretensioning force in anchor
bolts / rods
Loss of pretensioning force due
to cracks
page 22 May 2011
Corrosion
Corrosion
Material recommendations to counteract corrosion
Application General conditions Recommendations
Initial/carcass construction
Temporary fastening:
Forming, site xtures,
scaffolding
Outside and inside applications Galvanised or coated
Structural fastening:
Brackets, columns, beams
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Galvanised 5-10 microns
Damp inside rooms with occasional
condensation due to high humidity
and temperature uctuations
Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized
min. 45 microns
Frequent and long-lasting
condensation (greenhouses), open
inside rooms or open halls / sheds
A4 (316) steels, possibly hot-dipped
galvanised
Composite construction Protection due to alkalinity of concrete Galvanised 5-10 microns
Interior nishing
Drywalls, suspended ceilings,
windows, doors, railings /
fences, elevators, re escapes
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Galvanised 5-10 microns
Facades / roong
Proled metal sheets, curtain
wall cladding, insulation
fastenings, facade support
framing
Rural atmosphere
(without emissions)
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns
Insulating
materials
Dacromet / plastic, A4 (316) steels
Town / city atmosphere:
High SO2 and Nox
contents, chlorides from
road salt can accumulate/
concentration on parts
not weathered directly
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized min.
45 microns, Hilti-HCR if chlorides exist
Insulating
materials
A4 (316) steels
Industrial atmosphere:
High SO2 content and
other corrosive
substances (without
halides)
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
A4 (316) steels
Insulating
materials
A4 (316) steels
Coastal atmosphere:
High content of
chlorides, combined
with industrial
atmosphere
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
Hilti-HCR
Insulating
materials
Hilti-HCR
May 2011 page 23
Corrosion
Application General conditions Recommendations
Installations
Conduit installation, cable runs,
air ducts
Electrical systems:
Runs, lighting, aerials
Industrial equipment:
Crane rails, barriers, conveyors,
machine fastening
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Galvanised 5-10 microns
Damp inside rooms, poorly ventilated
rooms, cellar / basement shafts,
occasional condensation due to high
humidity and temperature uctuations
Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns
Frequent and long-lasting condensation
(greenhouses), non enclosed inside
rooms or open sheds / buildings
A4 (316) steels, possibly hot-dipped
galvanised
Road and bridge construction
Conduit installation, cable runs,
trafc signs, noise-insulating
walls, crash barriers / guard
rails, connecting structures
Directly weathered (chlorides are
regularly washed off)
Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized
min. 45 microns, A4 (316) steels,
Duplex steel or austenitic steel with
approx. 4-5% Mo
Frequently heavy exposure to road
salt, highly relevant to safety
Hilti HCR
Tunnel construction
Tunnel foils / sheeting, reinforcing
mesh, trafc signs, lighting, tunnel wall
cladding / lining, air ducts, ceiling
suspensions, etc.
Secondary relevance for safety Duplex steel, poss. A4 (316) steels
Highly relevant to safety Hilti HCR
Dock/harbour/port facilities /off-shore rigs
Fastenings to quaysides, dock /
harbour
Secondary relevance for safety,
temporary fastenings
Hot-dipped galvanised
High humidity, chlorides, often a
superimposed industrial atmosphere
or changes of oil / sea water
Hilti HCR
On the platform / rig A4 (316) steels
Industry / chemical industry
Conduit installation, cable runs,
connecting structures, lighting
Dry inside rooms Galvanised 5-10 microns
Corrosive inside rooms, e.g. fastenings
in laboratories, galvanising / plating
plants etc.,very corrosive vapours
A4 (316) steels, Hilti-HCR
Outside applications, very heavy
exposure to SO2 and additional
corrosive substances (only acidic
surroundings)
A4 (316) steels
Power plants
Fastenings relevant to safety Dry inside rooms Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside applications, very heavy
exposure to SO2
A4 (316) steels
page 24 May 2011
Corrosion
Application General conditions Recommendations
Smokestacks of waste incineration plants
Fastening of, for example,
service ladders, lightening
conductors
In lower section of stack Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized
min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels
In top section of stack,
condensation of acids and often
high chloride and other halide
concentrations
Hilti-HCR
Sewage / waste water treatment
Conduit installation, cable runs,
connecting structures etc
In the atmosphere, high humidity,
sewage / digester gases etc.
Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized
min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels
Underwater applications, municipal
sewage / waste water, industrial
waste water
Hilti HCR
Multi-storey car parks
Fastening of, for example,
guard rails, handrails,
balustrades
Large amounts of chlorides (road
salt) carried in by vehicles, many
wet and dry cycles
Hilti HCR
Indoor swimming pools
Fastening of, for example,
service ladders, handrails,
suspended ceilings
Fastenings relevant to safety Hilti HCR
Sports grounds / facilities / stadiums
Fastening of, for example,
seats, handrails, fences
In rural atmosphere Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns
In town / city atmosphere Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns A4
(316) steels
Inaccessible fastenings A4 (316) steels
May 2011 page 25
Corrosion
The following table shows the suitability of the respective metal couple. It also shows which two
metals in contact are permissible in eld practice and which should rather be avoided.
If two or more metals are combined and these are linked conductively with direct contact or contact through a medium,
attention must be paid to their electrochemical compatibility.
The ratio of surface areas of the linked metals is of crucial importance for the corrosion rate. Here it should be remembered that
from an electrochemical point of view the less noble metal should always have a much larger surface area. In view of the fact
that a fastener is normally always the smaller component and thus has a smaller surface area, the fastener should be made of
the same material as the part fastened or if not possible of a nobler material.
If an unfavourable combination of different materials
cannot be avoided, suitable measures can be taken to avoid
contact corrosion, for example electrical insulation using
plastic parts, like washers, sleeves, etc.
Galvanic separation using plastic and rubber
Slight or no corrosion of fastener
Heavy corrosion of fastener
Moderate corrosion of fastener
Fastened part
Fastener EI.-chem.
galvanised
Hot-dipped
galvanised
Aluminium
alloy
Structural
steel
Stainless
steel
Brass
Zinc
Hot-dipped galv. steel
Aluminium alloy
Cadmium coating
Structural steel
Cast steel
Chromium steel
CrNi(Mo) steel
Tin
Copper
Brass
Fastener
Fastened part
page 26 May 2011
Dynamic
Actions Common engineering design usually focuses around static loads. This chapter is
intended to point out those cases, where static simplification may cause severe
misjudgement and usually under-design of important structures.
Static loads Static loads can be segregated as follows:
Own (dead) weight
Permanent actions
Loads of non-loadbearing components, e.g. floor covering, screed, or from
constraint (due to temperature change or sinking of supports / columns)
Changing actions
working loads (fitting / furnishing , machines, normal wear)Snow, Wind,
Temperature
Dynamic actions The main difference between static and dynamic loads is the effectiveness of inertia
and damping forces. These forces result from induced acceleration and must be
taken into account when determining section forces and anchoring forces.
Typical Dynamic Actions Dynamic actions can generally be classified into 3 different groups:
Fatigue loads
Seismic loads
Shock loads
Examples for Fatigue Loads Two main groups of fatigue type loading can be identified:
Vibration type loading of fasteners with very high recurrence and usually low
amplitude (e.g. ventilators, production machinery, etc.).
Repeated loading and unloading of structures with high loads and frequent
recurrence (cranes, elevators, robots, etc.).
Actions relevant to fatigue Actions causing fatigue have a large number of load cycles which produce changes
in stress in the affected fastening. These stresses result in a decrease in strength,
which is all the greater the larger the change in stress and the larger the number of
load cycles are (fatigue). When evaluating actions causing fatigue, not only the type
of action, but also the planned or anticipated fastening life expectancy is of major
importance.
Examples for Seismic Loads Generally, all fastenings in structures situated in seismically active areas can be
subject to seismic loading. However, due to cost considerations, usually only
critical fastenings whose failure would result in loss of human life or significant
weakening of the overall structure are designed for seismic loads.
Earthquakes / seismic actions Ground movement during an earthquake / seismic tremors leads to relative
displacement of a building foundation. Owing to the inertia of its mass, the building
cannot or is unable to follow this movement without deformation. Due to the
stiffness of the structure, restoring forces are set up and vibration is induced. This
results in stress and strain for the structure, the parts fastened and the installations.
Earthquake frequencies often lead to resonance phenomena which cause larger
vibration amplitudes on the upper floors.
Dynamic
Dynamic design for anchors
May 2011 page 27
Dynamic
In view of the low ductility of anchors / fasteners, seismic loads generally have to be
taken up by a high loading capacity and very little deformation. A fastening should
be able to withstand design basis earthquakes without damage. Determining the
forces acting on a fastening is difficult and specialists thus provide them
Shock loads are mostly unusual loading situations, even though sometimes they are
the only loading case a structure is designed for (e.g. crash barriers, protection nets,
ship or aeroplane impacts and falling rocks, avalanches and explosions, etc.).
Examples of Shock Loading
Shock-like phenomena have generally a very short duration and tremendously high
forces which, however, generally only occur as individual peaks. As the probability
of such a phenomenon to occur during the life expectancy of the building
components concerned is comparably small, plastic deformations of fasteners and
structural members are usually permitted.
Shock
Material behaviour
The behaviour is described essentially by the strength (tensile and compressive)
and the elastic-plastic behaviour of the material. These properties are generally
determined by carrying out simple tests with specimens.
Material behaviour under
static loading
If a material is subjected to a sustained load that changes with respect to time, it
can fail after a certain number of load cycles even though the upper limit of the load
withstood up to this time is clearly lower than the ultimate tensile strength under
static loading. This loss of strength is referred to as material fatigue.
The grade and quality of steel has a considerable influence on the alternating
strength. In the case of structural and heat-treatable steels, the final strength
(i.e. after 2 million load cycles or more) is approx. 25-35% of the static strength.
In the non-loaded state, concrete already has micro-cracks in the zone of contact
of the aggregates and the cement paste, which are attributable to the aggregates
hindering shrinkage of the cement paste. The fatigue strength of concrete is directly
dependent on the grade of concrete. Concrete strength is reduced to about
55 65% of the initial strength after 2000000 load cycles
Material behaviour under
fatigue impact
The material strength is not as much influenced as under fatigue impact.
Other factors, as inertia, cracks, etc. influence the behaviour much more.
Material behaviour under
seismic or shock impact
page 28 May 2011
Dynamic
Anchor behaviour
Fatigue When a large number of load cycles is involved, i.e. n>10,000, it is usually the anchor
in single fastenings that is critical (due to steel failure). The concrete can only fail
when an anchor is at a reduced anchorage depth and subjected to tensile loading or
an anchor is at a reduced distance from an edge and exposed to shear loading.
Individual anchors in a multiple-anchor fastening can have a different elastic stiffness
and a displacement (slip) behaviour that differs from one anchor to another, e.g. if
an anchor is set in a crack. This leads to a redistribution of the forces in the anchors
during the appearance of the load cycles. Stiffer anchors are subjected to higher
loads, whereas the loads in the weaker anchors are reduced. Allowance is made for
these two effects by using a reduction factor for multiple-anchor fastenings
Earthquakes Anchors (fasteners) subjected to seismic loading can, under circumstances, be
stressed far beyond their static loading capacity. In view of this, the respective
suitability tests are carried out using a level of action (loading) that is considerably
higher than the working load level. The behaviour of anchors under seismic action
depends on the magnitude of loading, the direction of loading, the base material
and the type of anchor. After an earthquake, the loading capacity (ultimate state)
of an anchor is considerably reduced (to 30 80% of the original resistance.) With
any earthquake design of fasteners, concrete cracks resulting from seismic activity
should be taken into consideration.
When designing anchor fastenings, it is important to remember that they cannot be
regarded as something isolated to take up seismic forces, but that they must be
incorporated in the overall context of a design.
Shock Load increase times in the range of milliseconds can be simulated during tests on
servo-hydraulic testing equipment. The following main effects can then be observed:
Deformation is greater when the breaking load is reached
The energy absorbed by an anchor is also much higher
Breaking loads are of roughly the same magnitude during static loading and
shock-loading tests
In this respect, more recent investigations show that the base material (cracked or
non-cracked concrete), has no direct effect on the load-bearing behaviour.
Suitability under fatigue loading Both mechanical and chemical anchors are basically suitable for fastenings
subjected to fatigue loading. Hilti manufactures the HDA and HVZ anchors of special
grades of steel resistant to fatigue and has also subjected them to suitable tests.
Suitability under seismic loading Where fastenings subjected to seismic loading are concerned, chemical anchors
take preference. There are, however, accompanying requirements to be met, such
as behaviour in a fire. These restrictions can make mechanical systems preferable.
Suitability under shock loading To date, mechanical anchor systems have been used primarily for applications
in civil defence installations. More recently, adhesive systems suitable for use in
cracked concrete have been developed, e.g. the HVZ anchor.
May 2011 page 29
Dynamic
Dynamic set for shear resistance upgrade
If a multiple-anchor fastening is loaded towards the edge of a concrete member
(shear load), the gap between anchor shaft and clearance hole has an important
role. An uneven shear load distribution within the anchors in the fastening is the
result as the clearance hole is always larger than the anchor diameter to ensure an
easy installation. Design methods take this fact into account by assuming that only
the row of anchors nearest to the concrete edge takes up all shear load.
Uneven shear load distribution
The second row of anchors can be activated only after a considerable slip of the
anchoring plate. This slip normally takes place after the edge failure of the outside
row. The effect of the clearance hole gap on the internal load distribution increases
if the shear load direction changes during the service life. To make anchors suitable
for alternating shear loads, Hilti developed the so called Dynamic Set. This consists
of a special washer, which permits HIT injection adhesive to be dispensed into the
clearance hole, a spherical washer, a nut and a lock nut.
Activating the second row of anchors
Dynamic Set
Injection washer: Fills clearance hole and thus guarantees that the load is uniformly
distributed among all anchors.
Spherical washer: Reduces bending moment acting on anchor shaft not set at right
angles and thus increases the tensile loading capacity.
Lock nut: Prevents loosening of the nut and thus lifting of the anchoring
plate away from the concrete in case of cyclic loading.
Delivery programme Dynamic Set: M10, M12, M16, M20
Improvements with Dynamic Set
page 30 May 2011
Dynamic
Shear resistance improvement
with Dynamic Set
By using the dynamic set for static fastenings, the shear resistance is improved
significantly. The unfavourable situation that only one row of anchors takes up all
loads no longer exists and the load is distributed uniformly among all anchors.
A series of experiments has verified this assumption. An example from this test
programme, double fastenings with HVZ M10 anchors with and without the Dynamic
Set are shown to compare resulting shear resistance and stiffness.
Standard clearence hole
Slotted hole
Member edge
With
Dynamic Set (extended Hilti method)
Without
Dynamic Set (ETAG)
The test results show clearly that according to the current practice the second row
of anchors takes up the load only after significant deformation of the plate, when the
concrete edge has already failed. The injection and the Dynamic Set resulted in a
continuous load increase until the whole multiple fastening fails.
When carrying out a simple fastening design, it may be assumed if the Dynamic
Set is used the overall load bearing capacity of the multiple fastening is equal
to the resistance of the first row of anchors multiplied by the number of rows in
the fastening. In addition to that it must be checked whether the concrete edge
resistance of the furthest row is smaller than the above metioned resistance. If
injection with the Dynamic Set is used, the ETAG restrictions on more than 6 anchor
fastenings can be overcome.
not injected injected
May 2011 page 31
Dynamic

page 32 May 2011
Resistance to fire
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specied re resistance
time (re resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HDA
Fire resistance data for F 180 please
refer to the test reports
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 1.0 IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3039/8151
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.2
M16 15.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
HDA-F
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 1.0
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3039/8151
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.2
M16 15.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
HDA-R
M10 20.0 9.0 4.0 2.0
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3039/8151
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M12 30.0 12.0 5.0 3.0
M16 50.0 15.0 7.5 6.0
HSL-3
M8 3.0 1.1 0.6 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3041/1663-CM
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10 7.0 2.0 1.3 0.8
M12 10.0 3.5 2.0 1.2
M16 19.4 6.6 3.5 2.2
M20 30.0 10.3 5.4 3.5
M24 43.0 14.8 7.9 5.0
HSL-3-B M12 10.0 3.5 2.0 1.2 IBMB Braunschweig
report No. 3041/1663-CM
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M16 19.4 6.6 3.5 2.2
M20 30.0 10.3 5.4 3.5
M24 43.0 14.8 7.9 5.0
Tested fasteners
for passive structural re prevention
Tested according to the international standard temperature curve
MFPA Leipzig
GmbH
Tested according to the international
standard temperature curve (ISO
834, DIN 4102 T.2) and/or to EOTA
Technical Report TR 020 (Evaluation
of Anchorages in Concrete
concerning Resistance to Fire)
Tested when set in cracked concrete
and exposed to ames without
insulating or protective measures.
May 2011 page 33
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specied re resistance
time (re resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HSC-A M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M8x50 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M10x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M12x60 3.5 3.5 2.0 -
HSC-I M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10x50 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M10x60 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M12x60 2.0 2.0 2.0 -
HSC-AR M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M8x50 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M10x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M12x60 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.0
HSC-IR M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10x50 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M10x60 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M12x60 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.0
HSA
M6 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.25
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3049/8151
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M8 1.5 0.8 0.5 0.4
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 1.0
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.2
M16 15.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
HSA-R M6 2.6 1.3 0.8 0.6 IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3049/8151
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M8 6.0 3.0 1.8 1.2
M10 9.5 4.7 3.0 2.5
M12 14.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
M16 26.0 13.0 7.5 6.0
HUS -HR
Reduced anchorage depth
DIBt Berlin
ETA-08/0307 8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2
10 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.8
14 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.4
Standard anchorage depth
6 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.4
8 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.7
10 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.4
14 6.3 6.3 6.3 5.0
page 34 May 2011
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specied re resistance
time (re resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HUS-H/HUS-HF 10.5 7.0 2.6 1.5 1.0 IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3574/5146
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
12.5
9.0 3.3 1.8 1.2
16.5
HKD
M6x25 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2
DIBt Berlin
ETA-06/0047 acc. Part 6 M8x25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5
M8x30 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7
M8x40 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.7
M10x25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5
M10x30 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7
M10x40 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5
M12x25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5
M12x50 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.8
M16x65 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.2
HKD-SR
M6x30 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3
DIBt Berlin
ETA-06/0047 acc. Part 6
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M8x30 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7
M10x40 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5
M12x50 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.8
HVU + HAS
M8 1.5 0.8 0.5 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 0.9
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.0
M16 15.0 5.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
M24 35.0 12.0 9.5 8.0
M27 40.0 13.5 11.0 9.0
M30 50.0 17.0 14.0 11.0
M33 60.0 20.0 16.5 13.5
M36 70.0 24.0 19.5 16.0
M39 85.0 29.0 23.5 19.5
HVU + HAS-R/HAS-E-R +
HVU + HAS-HCR/HAS-E-HCR
M8 2.0 0.8 0.5 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10 6.0 3.5 1.5 1.0
M12 10.0 6.0 3.0 2.5
M16 20.0 13.5 7.5 6.0
M20 36.0 25.5 15.0 10.0
M24 56.0 38.0 24.0 16.0
M27 65.0 44.0 27.0 18.0
M30 85.0 58.0 36.0 24.0
M33 100.0 68.0 42.0 28.0
M36 120.0 82.0 51.0 34.0
M39 140.0 96.0 60.0 40.0
May 2011 page 35
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specied re resistance
time (re resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HVU + HIS-N
M8 1.5 0.8 0.5 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 0.9
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.0
M16 15.0 5.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
HVU + HIS-RN M8 10.0 5.0 1.8 1.0 IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10 20.0 9.0 4.0 2.0
M12 30.0 12.0 5.0 3.0
M16 50.0 15.0 7.5 6.0
M20 65.0 35.0 15.0 10.0
HIT-RE 500 + HAS/HAS-E/HIT-V
M8 2.3 1.26 0.73 0.46
IBMB Braunschweig
Test Report 3565 / 4595,
& supplement letter 414/2008
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402 &
WF Report No 172920
M10 3.7 2.0 1.15 0.73
M12 5.3 2.9 1.68 1.06
M16 10.0 5.4 3.1 1.97
M20 15.6 8.4 4.8 3.08
M24 22.5 12.1 7.0 4.4
M27 29.2 15.8 9.1 5.7
M30 35.7 19.3 11.1 7.0
M33 44.2 23.9 13.8 8.7
M36 58.5 31.6 18.2 11.5
M39 62.2 33.6 19.4 12.2
HIT-RE 500 + HAS-R/HAS-ER/ HAS
HCR/HIT-V-R/HIT-V-HCR
M8 2.4 1.88 1.34 1.07
IBMB Braunschweig
Test Report 3565 / 4595,
& supplement letter 414/2008
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402 &
WF Report No 172920
M10 3.8 2.98 2.1 1.69
M12 6.5 5.5 4.5 4.0
M16 12.1 10.2 8.3 7.4
M20 18.8 15.9 13.0 11.6
M24 27.2 23.0 18.8 16.7
M27 35.3 29.9 24.4 21.7
M30 43.2 36.5 29.9 26.5
M33 53.4 45.2 37.0 32.8
M36 70.6 59.7 48.9 43.4
M39 75.2 63.6 52.0 46.2
HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-V
M8 2.3 1.08 0.5 0.28
MFPA Leipzig
GS-lll/B-07-070
Warringtonre
WF Report No 172920
Loads for standard embedment depth,
for variable embedment depth see test
report.
M10 3.7 1.9 0.96 0.59
M12 5.3 2.76 1.59 1.0
M16 10.0 5.4 3.1 1.97
M20 15.6 8.46 4.5 2.79
M24 22.5 12.19 7.0 4.4
M27 29.2 15.8 9.1 5.7
M30 35.7 19.3 11.1 7.0
page 36 May 2011
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specied re resistance
time (re resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-VR/HIT-V-HCR
M8 2.42 1.08 0.5 0.28
MFPA Leipzig
GS-lll/B-07-070
Warringtonre
WF Report No 172920
Loads for standard embedment depth,
for variable embedment depth see test
report.
M10 3.8 1.9 0.96 0.59
M12 6.5 4.2 2.3 1.5
M16 12.1 8.6 4.8 3.2
M20 18.8 15.9 12.2 10.5
M24 27.2 23.0 18.8 16.7
M27 35.3 29.9 24.4 21.7
M30 43.2 36.5 29.9 26.5
HIT-HY150MAX + HIT-V(R)
M8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.4
MFPA Leipzig
GS-3.2/09-526 M10 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6
M12 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1
M16 6.2 4.5 3.3 2.5
M20 9.6 7.8 5.1 4.1
M24 13.9 11.2 8.5 7.1
M27 18.1 14.6 11.1 9.3
M30 22.1 17.8 13.5 11.4
HIT-HY 70 hef = 80 mm
(HLz. MVz.
KSL. KSV)
M8 2.0 0.4 0.2 -
MFPA Leipzig
PB III/B-07-157
Warringtonre
WF Report No 166402
M10 2.0 0.4 0.2 -
M12 2.0 0.4 0.2 -
May 2011 page 37
Resistance to fire
Tested fasteners
for passive structural re prevention
Tested according to the German tunnel temperature curve
MFPA Leipzig
GmbH
Tested according to the German
tunnel temperature curve
(ZTV-ING, part 5).
Tested when set in cracked concrete
and exposed to ames without
insulating or protective measures.
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specied re resistance
time (re resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
HUS-HR
6 0.20
a)
MFPA Leipzig
PB III/08-354
8 0.30
a)
10 0.50
a)
14 1.10
a)
HKD-SR
M8 0.5
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3027/0274-4
& supplement letter 133/00-Nau-
Warringtonre
WF-Report No 166402
M10 0.8
M12 2.5
M16 5.0
M20 6.0
HVU + HAS-HCR
M8 0.5
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3333/0891-2
Warringtonre
WF-Report No 166402
M10 1.5
M12 1.5
M16 5.0
a) Tested according tunnel temperature curve EBA
page 38 May 2011
Design examples
Design examples
HIT HY 150 MAX + M20 HAS-E-R rods
Design Input
Base Material
Description
Thickness
Concrete strength f'c,cyl
Non-cracked concrete
250mm
40MPa
Anchors layout
Number of anchors
Edge distance - c
Spacing - s1
2 x M20
200mm
150mm
Applied loads
Tension - NSd
Shear - VSd
70kN
40kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd (see page 93)
Steel - NRd,s per single anchor
Steel - NRd,s per 2 anchors
84kN
168kN
Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd,p
fB,p - Inuence of concrete strength
N*Rd,p - from the relevant table (refer page 97)
NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p
1.021
98.7kN
100.7kN
Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c
fB - Inuence of concrete strength
N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97)
NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c
1.11
89.4kN
99.2kN
NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,p;NRd,c} 99.2kN
Design check - Tension
NRd > NSd
Safe
Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd (see page 94)
Steel - VRd,s per single anchor
Steel - VRd,s per 2 anchors
50.6kN
101.2kN
Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c
fB - Inuence of concrete strength
V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97)
VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c
1.11
59.5kN
66kN
VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} 66kN
Design check - Shear
VRd > VSd
Safe
Step 3 - Design check under combined loads (see page 94)
NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd 1.2
1.31 > 1.2
1.31
Unsafe
Nsd = 70kN
Vsd = 40kN
S1 = 150 S1 = 150
2
5
0
*
C = 200
May 2011 page 39
Design examples
M16 HSL-3
Design Input
Base Material
Description
Thickness
Concrete strength fc,cyl
Non-cracked concrete
200mm
25MPa
Anchors layout
Number of anchors
Edge distance - c
Spacing - s1=s2
4 x M16
175mm
250mm
Applied loads
Tension - NSd
Shear - VSd
80kN
20kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd (see page 151)
Steel - NRd,s per single anchor
Steel - NRd,s per 4 anchors
83.7kN
334.8kN
Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c
fB - Inuence of concrete strength
N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157)
NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c
0.87
111.6kN
97.1kN
NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,c} 97.1kN
Design check - Tension
NRd > NSd
Safe
Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd (see page 152)
Steel - VRd,s per single anchor
Steel - VRd,s per 4 anchors
80.9kN
323.6kN
Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c
fB - Inuence of concrete strength
V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157)
VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c
0.87
89.9kN
78.2kN
VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} 78.2kN
Design check - Shear
VRd > VSd
Safe
Step 3 - Design check under combined loads (see page 152)
NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd
1.08 < 1.2
1.08
Safe
Nsd = 80kN
Vsd = 20kN
S1 = 250
S2 = 250
2
0
0
C = 175
page 40 May 2011
Design examples
HVU + M12 HAS-E- Grade 5.8
Design Input
Base Material
Description
Thickness
Concrete strength fc,cyl
Non-cracked concrete
170mm
32MPa
Anchors layout
Number of anchors
Edge distance - c
Spacing - s1=s2
4 x M12
80mm
150mm
Applied loads
Tension - NSd
Shear - VSd
30kN
20kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd (see page 43)
Steel - NRd,s per single anchor
Steel - NRd,s per 4 anchors
25.3kN
101.2kN
Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd,p
fB,p - Inuence of concrete strength
N*Rd,p - from the relevant table (refer page 43)
NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p 4
1
28kN
112kN
Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c
fB - Inuence of concrete strength
N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 48)
NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c
1
48.5kN
48.5kN
NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,p;NRd,c} 48.5kN
Design check - Tension
NRd > NSd
Safe
Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd (see page 44)
Steel - VRd,s per single anchor
Steel - VRd,s per 4 anchors
15.2kN
60.8kN
Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c
fB - Inuence of concrete strength
V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 48)
VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c
1
43.4kN
43.4kN
VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} 43.4kN
Design check - Shear
VRd > VSd
Safe
Step 3 - Design check under combined loads (see page 44)
NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd 1.2
1.08 < 1.2
1.08
Safe
Nsd = 30kN
Vsd = 20kN
S1 = 150
S2 = 150
1
7
0
C = 80
May 2011 page 41
Chemical anchoring systems.
Foil capsule systems l Injection mortar systems
page 42 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor
Mortar System
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin
ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01
ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20
ETA-05/0257 / 2006-01-20
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26
Fire test report ZTV-Tunnel IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3333/0891-2 / 2003-08-12
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-05/0255, HAS-(E) and HIS-N
ETA-05/0256, HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN
ETA-05/0257, HAS-HCR
Service temperature range
Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a
reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 C to +40 C +24 C +40 C
Temperature range II -40 C to +80 C +50 C +80 C
Temperature range III -40 C to +120 C +72 C +120 C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time.
Benefits
suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
high loading capacity
suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
large diameter applications
high corrosion resistant
small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
Fire
resistance
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Hilti HVU foil capsule
May 2011 page 43
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001, Annex C and Hilti simplied design
method. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255, issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256, issue 2006-01-20.
Inuence of concrete strength
Inuence of edge distance
Inuence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplication:
No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor conguration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p

n
n = number of anchors
N*Rd,p
Anchor M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
N*Rd,p per anchor 13.9 17.5 28.0 34.9 52.4 80.4
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
NRd,s HAS E 5.8 [kN] 11.3 17.3 25.3 48.0 74.7 106.7
HAS-E-R [kN] 12.3 19.8 28.3 54.0 84.0 119.8
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 44 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
VRd,s HAS E 5.8 [kN] 6.8 10.4 15.2 28.8 44.8 64.0
HAS-E-R [kN] 7.7 12,2 17.3 32.7 50.6 71.8
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 45
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge distance and spacing inuence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 170 170 220 300
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
temperature range II (see service temperature range)
base material thickness, as specied in the table
One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile Pull-out
a)
N*
Rd,p
13.9 17.5 28.0 34.9 52.4 80.4
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing.
Note: for cracked concrete contact your local eld engineer for further information, au.engineering@hilti.com
page 46 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 18.1 6.3 25.0 13.2 28.8 15.4 35.0 21.0 35.0 23.2
80 20.6 7.9 28.3 15.0 32.1 17.2 39.7 22.7 39.7 24.9
100 21.8 8.6 30.0 15.9 34.6 18.1 42.0 23.6 42.0 25.8
120 23.0 9.4 31.7 16.9 36.5 19.0 44.3 24.5 44.3 26.6
150 24.8 9.4 34.2 18.3 39.4 20.4 47.8 25.7 47.8 27.9
200 27.9 9.4 38.4 20.6 44.2 22.6 53.7 27.9 53.7 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 21.3 7.9 27.4 14.8 31.6 17.2 41.8 23.2 41.8 29.1
100 24.7 10.3 31.8 17.6 36.1 19.9 48.2 25.7 48.2 31.5
150 27.8 11.8 35.6 20.2 40.7 22.4 54.2 28.1 54.2 33.8
200 30.8 11.8 39.7 22.8 45.2 24.9 60.2 30.4 60.2 36.0
250 34.0 11.8 43.7 24.8 49.7 27.4 66.3 32.7 66.3 38.3
300 37.4 11.8 47.6 24.8 54.2 29.9 72.3 35.1 72.3 38.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 26.6 11.1 30.3 16.4 33.4 21.1 41.8 29.8 51.0 37.0
100 29.0 13.3 33.1 18.9 36.5 23.8 45.6 32.4 55.7 39.5
150 31.6 15.8 36.1 21.7 39.9 26.7 49.8 35.4 60.8 42.3
200 34.4 16.6 39.2 24.5 43.2 29.7 54.0 38.3 66.0 45.1
250 37.1 16.6 42.3 26.7 46.6 32.7 58.3 41.3 71.2 48.0
300 40.1 16.6 45.3 26.7 50.0 35.7 62.5 44.5 76.3 50.8
May 2011 page 47
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
55 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 32.8 14.9 38.5 23.5 47.2 32.4 56.7 39.8 67.1 47.0
100 34.9 17.0 40.8 25.7 50.1 34.6 60.2 41.9 71.2 49.1
150 37.8 19.8 44.2 28.9 54.3 37.8 65.2 44.9 77.1 52.0
200 40.7 22.4 47.7 32.1 58.5 40.9 70.3 47.9 83.1 54.8
250 43.6 22.4 51.5 35.3 62.7 44.1 75.3 50.9 89.0 57.7
300 46.6 22.4 54.5 38.6 66.8 47.2 80.3 53.9 95.0 60.6
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 52.5 25.4 63.8 42.8 74.1 51.4 85.0 59.9 96.6 68.3
150 57.0 29.7 68.8 47.5 79.9 55.8 91.6 64.2 104.2 72.5
200 60.0 33.2 73.0 51.5 84.7 59.6 97.2 67.7 110.4 75.9
250 63.4 36.7 77.1 55.4 89.5 63.6 102.7 71.3 116.7 79.4
300 66.8 38.1 81.2 59.4 94.3 67.0 108.2 74.9 123.0 82.8
350 70.2 38.1 85.4 63.4 99.1 70.7 113.7 78.4 129.3 86.3
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 74.6 39.7 80.8 49.7 91.8 67.5 103.4 77.6 128.5 97.6
150 76.9 42.3 83.4 52.3 94.7 70.3 106.7 80.2 132.6 100.1
200 80.8 46.4 87.6 56.6 99.5 75.0 112.1 84.7 139.2 104.2
250 84.6 50.5 91.8 61.0 104.2 79.6 117.4 89.2 145.9 108.4
300 88.5 54.7 96.0 65.3 109.0 84.3 122.8 93.6 152.6 112.6
350 92.4 58.8 100.2 69.7 113.8 89.0 128.2 98.1 159.3 116.8
page 48 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 21.0 12.6 28.9 17.7 33.3 19.9 40.4 25.4 40.4 30.9
80 26.9 15.8 37.1 23.8 42.8 26.0 51.9 31.4 51.9 36.8
100 30.2 17.2 41.6 26.8 47.9 29.0 58.2 34.4 58.2 39.7
120 33.6 18.8 46.4 29.8 53.4 32.0 64.9 37.3 64.9 42.6
150 39.1 18.8 54.0 34.3 62.2 36.4 75.5 41.7 75.5 47.0
200 49.2 18.8 67.9 41.2 78.3 43.7 95.0 49.0 95.0 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 24.5 15.8 31.5 20.2 35.9 22.9 47.8 28.5 47.8 34.3
100 33.0 20.6 42.4 29.2 48.2 31.5 64.3 37.2 64.3 43.0
150 41.8 23.6 53.6 37.2 61.0 39.4 81.3 45.1 81.3 50.7
200 51.6 23.6 66.2 45.0 75.3 47.2 100.4 52.8 100.4 58.4
250 62.4 23.6 80.1 49.6 91.2 54.8 121.6 60.5 121.6 66.0
300 74.3 23.6 95.4 49.6 108.5 59.8 144.6 68.0 144.6 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 30.0 22.2 34.1 27.6 37.6 30.5 47.1 37.3 57.4 44.7
100 35.7 26.6 40.6 36.7 44.8 39.5 56.0 46.5 68.4 53.4
150 42.6 31.6 48.5 43.4 53.5 49.2 66.9 56.1 81.6 62.9
200 50.1 33.2 57.0 49.0 62.9 58.8 78.7 65.6 96.0 72.3
250 58.2 33.2 66.3 53.4 73.1 65.4 91.4 74.9 111.6 81.6
300 67.0 33.2 76.3 53.4 84.1 71.4 105.2 84.1 128.4 90.8
May 2011 page 49
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
55 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 37.1 29.5 43.5 34.6 53.4 42.0 64.1 49.2 75.8 56.4
100 41.9 36.8 49.0 41.9 60.2 49.1 72.3 56.2 85.4 63.2
150 49.2 43.4 57.6 52.0 70.6 59.0 84.8 66.0 100.3 72.9
200 57.0 49.0 66.8 59.6 81.9 68.7 98.4 75.6 116.3 82.5
250 65.4 53.4 76.6 70.6 94.0 78.4 113.0 85.2 133.5 92.0
300 74.5 53.4 87.2 77.2 107.0 87.9 128.5 94.6 151.9 101.4
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 59.4 47.9 72.3 58.2 83.9 66.6 96.3 75.0 109.4 83.3
150 69.0 59.4 84.0 72.5 97.5 80.7 111.8 88.9 127.2 97.0
200 77.6 66.4 94.4 84.0 109.6 92.2 125.7 100.2 142.9 108.3
250 86.6 73.4 105.4 95.5 122.4 103.5 140.4 111.5 159.6 119.5
300 96.2 76.2 117.1 106.7 135.9 114.7 155.9 122.6 177.2 130.5
350 106.3 76.2 129.4 117.9 150.1 125.8 172.2 133.6 195.8 141.5
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 85.2 75.5 92.4 81.6 105.0 91.6 118.2 101.5 146.9 121.2
150 90.6 84.3 98.2 90.2 111.6 100.1 125.7 109.9 156.2 129.4
200 100.0 92.8 108.4 104.2 123.2 114.0 138.7 123.7 172.4 142.9
250 109.8 101.0 119.1 118.0 135.3 127.7 152.4 137.2 189.4 156.3
300 120.1 109.4 130.3 130.6 148.0 141.1 166.7 150.6 207.1 169.5
350 130.9 117.6 141.9 139.4 161.2 154.5 181.6 163.9 225.7 182.6
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 50 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HAS
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257,
issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HAS-(E) [N/mm] 500 500 500 500 500 500 800
HAS-(E)F [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
HAS (E)R [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700 700 500
HAS (E)HCR [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 700 -
Yield strength f
yk
HAS-(E) [N/mm] 400 400 400 400 400 400 640
HAS-(E)F [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
HAS (E)R [N/mm] 450 450 450 450 450 450 210
HAS (E)HCR [N/mm] 600 600 600 600 600 400 -
Stressed cross-section A
s
HAS [mm] 32.8 52.3 76.2 144 225 324 519
Section modulus Z HAS [mm] 27.0 54.1 93.8 244 474 809 1706
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Design bending moment MRd,s
HAS-E-5.8 [kN] 13 26 45 118 227 389 NA
HAS-E-8.8 [kN] NA NA NA NA NA NA 1310
HAS-E-R [kN] 15 29 51 131 255 436 430
HAS-E-HCR [kN] 21 42 72 187 364 389 819
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HAS-(E) M8-M24
HAS-(E) M27+M30
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HAS-(E)F M8-M30
HAS-(E) M27+M30
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HAS-(E)R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401;
Threaded rod HAS-(E)HCR
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
M24: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
May 2011 page 51
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
a)
Anchor rod
HAS-E,HAS-R, HAS-ER
HAS-HCR M
8
x
8
0
M
1
0
x
9
0
M
1
2
x
1
1
0
M
1
6
x
1
2
5
M
2
0
x
1
7
0
M
2
4
x
2
1
0
M
3
0
x
2
7
0
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
a) M30 design please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
Setting instructions
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.
page 52 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Temperature of the base material Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded t
cure
20 C to 40 C 20 min
10 C to 19 C 30 min
0 C to 9 C 1 h
-5 C to - 1 C 5 h
Setting details
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257,
issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Nominal diameter of
drill bit
d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35
Effective anchorage
and drill hole depth
h
ef,min
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
d
f

[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90 120 135
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90 120 135
Torque moment
a)
t
max
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200 300
a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum
spacing and/or edge distance.
May 2011 page 53
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
page 54 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor
Mortar System
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin
ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01
ETA 05/0256 / 2006-01-20
ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20 IBMB, Braunschweig UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-05/0255, HAS-(E) and HIS-N
ETA-05/0256, HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN.
Service temperature range
Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a
reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 C to +40 C +24 C +40 C
Temperature range II -40 C to +80 C +50 C +80 C
Temperature range III -40 C to +120 C +72 C +120 C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time.
Benefits
suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
high loading capacity
suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
Fire
resistance
Hilti HVU foil capsule
Internal threaded sleeve
HIS-N
HIS-RN (A4-70)
May 2011 page 55
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001, Annex C and Hilti simplied design
method. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255, issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256, issue 2006-01-20.
Inuence of concrete strength
Inuence of edge distance
Inuence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplication:
No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor conguration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p

n
n = number of anchors
N*Rd,p
Anchor M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
N*Rd,p per anchor 13.9 24.4 34.9 52.4 66.3
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
NRd,s
HIS-N [kN] 16.8 30.7 44.7 80.3 74.1
HIS-RN [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 69.2
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 56 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
VRd,s
HIS-N [kN] 10.4 18.4 26.0 39.3 36.7
HIS-RN [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 41.5
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 57
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge distance and spacing inuence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Embedment depth [mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Base material thickness [mm] 120 150 170 230 270
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
temperature range II (see service temperature range)
base material thickness, as specied in the table
One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile Pull-out
a)
N*
Rd,p
13.9 24.4 34.9 52.4 66.3
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing.
Note: for cracked concrete contact your local eld engineer for further information.
page 58 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 21.2 7.1 29.0 15.1 33.3 17.5 41.5 23.6 41.5 29.6
80 23.9 8.9 32.8 17.2 37.6 19.6 46.8 25.6 46.8 31.5
100 25.3 9.8 34.6 18.3 39.8 20.6 49.6 26.5 49.6 32.4
120 26.7 10.7 36.5 19.4 41.9 21.7 52.2 27.5 52.2 33.3
150 28.8 10.7 39.5 21.0 45.1 23.2 56.2 29.0 56.2 34.7
200 32.1 10.7 44.0 23.7 50.5 25.8 62.9 31.4 62.9 37.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 27.6 9.3 34.9 16.8 39.3 21.7 51.6 28.7 55.6 35.6
100 31.7 12.1 40.0 20.1 45.1 25.1 59.1 31.9 63.7 38.7
150 35.3 13.9 44.6 23.0 50.3 28.3 66.0 34.8 71.1 41.4
200 39.0 13.9 49.2 26.0 55.6 31.4 72.9 37.7 78.5 44.2
250 42.7 13.9 53.9 28.4 60.8 34.5 79.8 40.6 85.9 47.0
300 46.4 13.9 58.6 28.4 66.1 37.7 86.6 43.5 93.3 49.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 36.1 14.3 40.6 19.1 45.4 24.2 58.2 33.4 68.8 40.9
100 39.5 16.7 44.4 21.6 49.5 26.9 63.6 36.0 75.2 43.3
150 43.6 19.7 49.0 24.8 54.8 30.2 70.3 39.3 83.1 46.4
200 47.8 21.5 53.7 28.0 60.0 33.6 77.0 42.5 91.0 49.5
250 52.0 21.5 58.4 30.5 65.2 37.0 83.7 45.8 98.9 52.6
300 56.1 21.5 63.1 30.5 70.4 40.3 90.4 49.1 106.8 55.7
May 2011 page 59
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 56.7 23.3 61.9 28.9 75.6 44.2 90.7 53.8 107.0 62.7
100 58.6 24.7 64.0 30.4 78.3 46.0 93.8 55.3 110.7 64.2
150 63.4 28.4 69.2 34.2 84.6 50.1 101.5 59.3 119.7 67.9
200 68.2 32.0 74.5 38.0 91.1 54.3 109.2 63.3 128.8 71.7
250 73.0 34.9 79.7 41.8 97.5 58.4 116.9 67.2 137.9 75.5
300 77.9 34.9 84.9 45.6 103.9 62.7 124.6 71.2 147.0 79.3
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
125 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 86.5 42.7 94.3 51.2 110.6 65.7 128.2 75.3 146.9 84.9
150 89.5 44.9 97.5 53.4 114.4 68.0 132.5 77.5 151.8 87.0
200 95.4 49.2 103.9 57.8 121.9 72.5 141.2 81.8 161.8 91.1
250 101.2 53.4 110.2 62.3 129.3 77.0 149.8 86.1 171.7 95.3
300 107.0 57.7 116.6 66.7 136.8 81.5 158.5 90.4 181.6 99.4
350 112.9 62.0 123.0 71.2 144.3 86.1 167.1 94.7 191.5 103.5
page 60 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 24.4 14.2 33.3 22.0 38.3 22.4 47.7 28.4 47.7 34.3
80 31.1 17.8 42.5 26.8 48.8 29.1 60.8 35.0 60.8 40.8
100 34.7 19.6 47.5 30.1 54.5 32.4 67.9 38.2 67.9 44.0
120 38.6 21.4 52.7 33.3 60.6 35.6 75.4 41.4 75.4 47.1
150 44.7 21.4 61.2 38.2 70.2 40.5 87.5 46.2 87.5 51.9
200 56.0 21.4 76.6 46.1 88.0 48.4 109.6 54.0 109.6 59.6
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 31.4 18.6 39.6 25.2 44.7 28.0 58.6 35.0 63.1 41.8
100 41.3 24.2 52.1 36.0 58.8 38.7 77.1 45.4 83.0 52.0
150 51.4 27.8 64.9 45.4 73.2 48.0 96.0 54.6 103.4 61.1
200 62.7 27.8 79.2 52.0 89.3 57.2 117.1 63.7 126.1 70.1
250 75.1 27.8 94.8 56.8 107.0 66.2 140.2 72.6 151.0 79.0
300 88.6 27.8 111.8 56.8 126.2 75.1 165.4 81.5 178.1 87.8
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 42.0 28.6 47.2 31.9 52.6 34.9 67.6 42.4 79.8 49.7
100 50.0 33.4 56.2 40.4 62.7 43.4 80.6 50.6 95.2 57.9
150 61.1 39.4 68.7 49.6 76.7 53.6 98.4 60.8 116.3 67.9
200 73.3 43.0 82.4 56.0 92.0 63.7 118.0 70.7 139.5 77.7
250 86.6 43.0 97.4 61.0 108.7 73.5 139.5 80.5 164.8 87.4
300 101.0 43.0 113.5 61.0 126.7 80.6 162.7 90.1 192.3 97.0
May 2011 page 61
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 65.6 46.6 71.6 50.2 87.8 59.1 105.0 67.9 123.8 76.7
100 70.2 49.4 76.5 55.3 93.6 64.2 112.2 72.9 132.4 81.6
150 82.1 56.8 89.6 67.9 109.6 76.5 131.4 85.1 154.9 93.6
200 95.0 64.0 103.7 76.0 126.8 88.6 152.0 97.1 179.3 105.5
250 108.9 69.8 118.8 83.6 145.2 100.5 174.2 108.8 205.5 117.1
300 123.7 69.8 135.0 91.2 165.0 112.3 197.8 120.5 233.4 128.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
125 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 104.2 75.3 113.5 80.1 133.1 89.7 154.2 99.2 176.7 108.6
150 111.4 82.2 121.3 87.0 142.1 96.4 164.8 105.8 188.9 115.2
200 126.4 95.8 137.6 100.4 161.5 109.7 187.1 119.0 213.6 128.2
250 142.3 106.8 155.0 113.7 181.9 122.8 210.7 132.0 241.5 141.1
300 159.3 115.4 173.5 126.7 203.6 135.7 235.8 144.8 270.2 153.8
350 177.2 124.0 193.0 139.5 226.4 148.5 262.2 157.5 300.5 166.4
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 62 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HIS-N [N/mm] 490 490 460 460 460
Screw 8.8 [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800
HIS-RN [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700
Screw A4-70 [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700
Yield strength f
yk
HIS-N [N/mm] 410 410 375 375 375
Screw 8.8 [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 640
HIS-RN [N/mm] 350 350 350 350 350
Screw A4-70 [N/mm] 450 450 450 450 450
Stressed cross-section A
s
HIS-(R)N [mm] 51.5 108.0 169.1 256.1 237.6
Screw [mm] 36.6 58 84.3 157 245
Section modulus Z
HIS-(R)N [mm] 145 430 840 1595 1543
Screw [mm] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541
Material quality
Part Material
Internal threaded sleeve
a)

HIS-N
C-steel 1.0718
Steel galvanized 5m
Internal threaded sleeve
b)

HIS-RN
Stainless steel 1.4401
a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.8 EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
steel galvanized 5m
b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
stainless steel 1.4401
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 TE 70
Other tools blow out pump or compressed air gun, setting tools
May 2011 page 63
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Setting instructions
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.
page 64 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Temperature of the base material Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded t
cure
20 C to 40 C 20 min
10 C to 19 C 30 min
0 C to 9 C 1 h
-5 C to - 1 C 5 h
Setting details
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Anchor size
Sleeve HIS-(R)N
foil capsule
M8x90
M10x90
M10x110
M12x110
M12x125
M16x125
M16x170
M20x170
M20x205
M24x210
Nominal diameter of
drill bit
d
0
[mm] 14 18 22 28 32
Diameter of element d [mm] 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
Effective anchorage
and drill hole depth
h
ef,min
[mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Diameter of clearance hole in
the xture
d
f

[mm] 9 12 14 18 22
Thread engagement length;
min - max
h
s
[mm] 8-20 10-25 12-30 16-40 20-50
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 40 45 60 80 125
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 45 60 80 125
Torque moment
a)
t
max
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150
a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum
spacing and/or edge distance.
May 2011 page 65
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
page 66 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Static mixer
HIT-V rods
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HIT-V-HCR rods
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS
Injection Mortar System
Variable
embedment
depth
Hilti HIT-RE 500
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack)
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval a) DIBt, Berlin ETA-04/0027 / 2009-05-20
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig
UB 3565 / 4595 / 2006-10-29
UB 3588 / 4825 / 2005-11-15
Assessment report (re) warringtonre
WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl.
WF 172920 / 2008-05-27
a) All data given in this section according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-RE 500 injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature
may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 C to +40 C +24 C +40 C
Temperature range II -40 C to +58 C +35 C +58 C
Temperature range III -40 C to +70 C +43 C +70 C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time
Benefits
suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
high loading capacity
suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
under water application
large diameter applications
high corrosion resistant
long working time at elevated
temperatures
odourless epoxy
varied embedment depths
small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
Fire
resistance
May 2011 page 67
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from Pros V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to
EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20.
Inuence of concrete strength
Inuence of edge distance
Inuence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplication:
No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor conguration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
1,2
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.83 2 For diamond cored holes multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.7
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
3
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
3 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,c by the factor 0.83.
The denition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
NRd,s HAS E 5.8 [kN] 11.3 17.3 25.3 48.0 74.7 106.7 -
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0 118.0 187.3
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7 188.0 299.3
HAS-E-R [kN] 12.3 19.8 28.3 54.0 84.0 119.8 92.0
HIT-V-R [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0 132.1 98.3
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 68 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
VRd,s HAS E 5.8 [kN] 6.8 10.4 15.2 28.8 44.8 64.0 -
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4 112.0
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8 179.2
HAS-E-R [kN] 7.7 12,2 17.3 32.7 50.6 71.8 55.5
HIT-V-R [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 58.8
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 69
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge distance and spacing inuence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 150 200 250 300 350
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
temperature range I (see service temperature range)
base material thickness, as specied in the table
One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
dry concrete
The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Pros allows the
engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical
solution every time. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.
For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.
The anchor design software program Pros can be download from the Hilti Australia website, www.hilti.com.au.
Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile
Pull-out N*
Rd,p
19.2 27.0 39.7 56.4 95.8 132.7 198.1
Concrete N*
Rd,c
26.1 31.0 42.0 51.0 88.6 111.1 161.9
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
Note: for cracked concrete refer HIT-RE 500-SD section page 80.
page 70 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 13.2 13.9 6.3 18.7 18.1 13.2 21.8 20.3 15.4 24.5 26.5 21.0 24.6 29.2 23.2
80 14.8 15.4 7.9 21.0 19.9 15.0 24.4 22.4 17.2 27.5 29.3 22.7 27.5 32.3 24.9
100 15.6 16.1 8.6 22.1 20.9 15.9 25.7 23.5 18.1 28.6 30.7 23.6 28.9 33.8 25.7
120 16.3 16.8 9.4 23.2 21.8 16.9 27.0 24.6 19.0 30.4 32.0 24.5 30.4 35.3 26.6
150 17.5 17.9 9.4 24.8 23.3 18.3 28.9 26.2 20.4 32.5 34.2 25.7 32.5 37.7 27.9
200 19.4 19.8 9.4 27.6 25.7 20.6 32.0 28.9 22.6 36.1 37.7 27.9 36.1 41.5 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 18.6 17.0 9.0 23.4 20.3 15.0 26.9 22.4 17.4 33.5 28.6 23.4 33.5 35.2 29.3
100 21.2 19.0 11.3 26.8 22.6 17.6 30.7 25.1 19.9 38.3 31.8 25.7 38.3 39.0 31.5
150 23.9 20.9 13.5 30.0 24.7 20.2 34.4 27.5 22.4 43.0 35.0 28.1 43.0 43.0 33.8
200 26.5 22.8 13.5 33.4 27.0 22.8 38.3 30.1 24.9 47.6 38.3 30.4 47.6 46.9 36.1
250 29.0 24.7 13.5 36.6 29.3 24.8 42.0 32.5 27.4 52.3 41.4 32.7 52.3 50.8 38.3
300 30.1 26.6 13.5 37.9 31.6 24.8 43.4 35.2 29.9 54.2 44.6 35.1 54.2 54.7 40.6
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 26.4 24.2 12.3 30.0 26.6 16.7 33.8 29.3 21.4 44.4 36.2 28.2 47.9 43.8 35.0
100 28.9 26.0 14.4 33.0 28.7 18.9 37.2 31.4 23.8 48.7 38.9 30.5 52.6 47.2 37.1
150 32.2 28.3 16.9 36.6 31.2 21.7 41.4 34.2 26.7 54.2 42.4 33.2 58.4 51.2 39.7
200 35.4 30.6 18.5 40.3 33.7 24.5 45.5 37.0 29.7 59.6 45.7 36.0 64.2 55.3 42.4
250 38.6 32.9 18.5 44.0 36.2 26.7 49.7 39.7 32.7 65.2 49.1 38.7 70.1 59.4 45.0
300 41.9 35.2 18.5 47.6 38.8 26.7 53.8 42.5 35.7 70.6 52.6 41.5 76.0 63.6 47.7
May 2011 page 71
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 88.9 69.0 39.7 98.3 74.8 49.7 115.1 84.8 67.5 133.0 95.4 77.6 158.0 118.3 97.6
150 92.4 71.2 42.3 102.2 77.0 52.3 119.6 87.5 70.3 138.2 98.4 80.2 164.4 122.0 100.1
200 98.4 74.8 46.4 108.8 81.0 56.6 127.3 91.8 75.0 147.1 103.3 84.7 174.8 128.2 104.2
250 104.3 78.2 50.5 115.3 84.8 61.0 135.0 96.1 79.6 156.0 108.2 89.2 185.4 134.2 108.4
300 110.2 81.8 54.7 121.9 88.7 65.3 142.7 100.6 84.3 164.9 113.2 93.6 196.0 140.2 112.6
350 116.2 85.3 58.8 128.5 92.5 69.7 150.4 104.9 89.0 173.8 118.1 98.1 206.5 146.4 116.8
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 40.4 36.6 19.3 45.1 40.8 24.4 58.0 52.3 36.2 68.5 61.9 44.1 68.5 61.9 52.0
100 42.2 38.2 20.5 47.2 42.6 25.7 60.5 54.7 37.5 71.5 64.6 45.4 71.5 64.6 53.2
150 46.7 42.2 23.6 52.1 47.0 28.9 66.8 60.5 41.0 79.1 71.4 48.6 79.1 71.4 56.3
200 51.1 46.2 26.6 57.1 51.6 32.1 73.2 66.1 44.4 86.5 78.2 51.9 86.5 78.2 59.4
250 55.6 50.3 29.0 62.0 56.0 35.3 79.6 71.9 47.8 94.1 85.1 55.1 94.1 85.1 62.6
300 60.0 54.2 29.0 67.0 60.6 38.6 85.9 77.3 51.2 101.6 91.8 58.4 101.6 91.8 65.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 65.3 52.4 28.9 79.8 61.9 44.0 95.8 72.0 55.5 113.0 82.8 64.6 114.7 94.3 73.5
150 70.7 55.9 32.5 86.4 65.9 48.0 103.6 76.7 59.5 122.3 88.2 68.4 124.2 100.4 77.2
200 76.1 59.3 36.1 93.0 70.0 52.0 111.5 81.4 63.5 131.5 93.6 72.2 133.6 106.1 80.9
250 81.4 62.8 39.7 99.5 74.0 56.0 119.3 86.2 67.4 140.8 99.0 76.0 143.0 112.8 84.6
300 86.8 66.1 43.4 106.1 78.0 60.0 127.2 90.8 71.4 150.0 104.4 79.8 152.4 118.9 88.2
350 92.0 69.6 43.4 112.7 82.1 64.0 135.0 95.5 75.4 159.2 109.8 83.6 161.8 125.2 92.0
page 72 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 18.5 16.6 12.6 25.1 21.0 17.7 28.8 23.3 19.9 32.0 29.8 25.4 32.0 32.6 30.9
80 24.1 21.2 15.8 31.9 26.4 23.8 36.1 29.2 26.0 40.0 36.6 31.5 40.0 39.8 36.8
100 27.4 23.8 17.2 35.6 29.3 26.8 40.1 32.3 29.0 44.2 40.3 34.4 44.2 43.8 39.7
120 30.6 26.4 18.8 39.5 32.4 29.8 44.3 35.5 32.0 48.7 44.2 37.3 48.7 47.8 42.6
150 35.8 30.7 18.8 45.6 37.2 34.3 50.9 40.8 36.4 55.7 50.2 41.7 55.7 54.2 47.0
200 45.0 38.5 18.8 56.5 46.2 41.2 62.6 50.3 43.7 68.2 61.2 49.0 68.2 65.9 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 25.1 20.5 17.4 30.6 23.9 21.0 34.6 26.3 23.4 42.0 32.8 29.3 42.0 39.5 35.1
100 34.1 26.6 22.6 40.8 30.6 29.2 45.6 33.4 31.5 54.6 40.9 37.2 54.6 48.8 43.0
150 44.4 33.5 27.0 52.3 38.2 37.2 58.0 41.4 39.4 68.6 50.2 45.1 68.6 59.3 50.7
200 55.9 41.2 27.0 65.2 46.4 45.0 71.9 50.3 47.2 84.2 60.2 52.8 84.2 70.6 58.4
250 68.6 49.6 27.0 79.4 55.7 49.6 87.0 59.3 54.8 101.2 71.2 60.5 101.4 82.9 66.0
300 74.0 58.8 27.0 85.4 65.6 49.6 93.5 70.4 59.8 108.4 83.2 68.0 108.4 96.2 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 34.3 29.0 24.1 38.3 31.8 26.9 42.6 34.4 29.6 54.2 41.9 36.3 58.0 49.8 42.9
100 42.7 34.8 28.8 47.3 37.8 34.4 52.2 40.8 37.1 65.5 49.0 43.6 69.8 58.0 50.1
150 54.5 42.6 33.8 60.0 46.0 43.4 65.8 49.4 46.2 81.2 58.8 52.7 86.2 68.9 59.1
200 67.7 51.2 37.0 74.0 55.1 49.0 80.6 58.9 55.2 98.5 69.5 61.5 104.2 80.8 67.9
250 82.2 60.6 37.0 89.4 64.8 53.4 97.1 69.2 64.0 117.5 81.0 70.3 124.0 93.6 76.6
300 98.0 70.7 37.0 106.3 75.5 53.4 115.0 80.4 71.4 138.0 93.4 79.0 145.3 107.3 85.2
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 73
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 113.4 84.2 75.5 123.7 90.4 81.6 141.8 101.0 91.6 161.2 111.7 101.5 188.2 136.7 121.2
150 124.3 90.7 84.2 135.2 97.2 90.2 154.6 108.4 100.1 175.0 120.2 109.9 203.5 145.6 129.4
200 143.5 102.1 92.8 155.6 109.1 104.2 176.8 121.2 114.0 199.2 133.8 123.7 230.4 161.0 142.9
250 164.2 114.1 101.0 177.4 121.6 118.0 200.5 134.6 127.7 225.0 148.2 137.2 259.1 177.4 156.3
300 186.2 126.7 109.4 200.6 134.8 130.6 225.7 148.7 141.1 252.5 163.3 150.6 289.3 194.5 169.5
350 208.9 140.0 117.6 225.2 148.7 139.4 252.5 163.6 154.5 281.4 179.2 163.9 321.2 212.4 182.6
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 52.6 47.5 37.8 57.7 52.1 40.9 71.6 64.8 48.8 83.2 75.1 56.6 83.2 75.1 64.3
100 58.0 52.4 41.0 63.5 57.5 45.4 78.4 70.9 53.2 90.6 81.8 60.9 90.6 81.8 68.6
150 72.8 65.9 47.2 79.3 71.6 56.3 96.6 86.6 64.0 110.6 100.0 71.5 110.6 100.0 79.1
200 89.4 80.6 53.2 96.7 86.9 64.1 116.6 103.2 74.5 132.7 120.0 82.0 132.7 120.0 89.5
250 107.5 95.9 58.0 115.9 102.8 70.6 138.6 121.2 85.0 156.8 141.1 92.4 156.8 141.7 99.7
300 127.3 112.4 58.0 136.9 120.1 77.2 162.4 140.6 95.2 182.9 163.0 102.6 182.9 165.2 110.0
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 83.8 64.6 55.5 99.6 74.6 64.6 116.9 85.4 73.5 135.4 97.0 82.4 137.3 109.2 91.2
150 100.4 75.2 65.0 118.4 86.4 77.2 137.8 98.3 86.0 158.5 110.9 94.7 160.7 124.3 103.4
200 118.9 86.8 72.2 139.0 99.0 89.6 160.4 112.0 98.2 183.6 125.8 106.8 186.0 140.4 115.4
250 138.7 99.0 79.4 160.9 112.4 101.7 184.9 126.6 110.3 210.5 141.6 118.8 213.1 157.4 127.3
300 160.0 112.1 86.8 184.7 126.6 113.7 211.0 142.0 122.2 239.2 158.3 130.7 242.0 175.4 139.1
350 182.9 126.0 86.8 210.0 141.7 125.6 238.9 158.4 134.0 269.6 175.9 142.4 272.9 194.4 150.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 74 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2008-11-03
Additional Hilti
technical data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Nominal
tensile
strength f
uk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700 700 500 500
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 500
Yield
strength f
yk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm] 450 450 450 450 450 450 210 210
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm] 600 600 600 600 600 400 400 250
Stressed
cross-
section A
s
HAS [mm] 32.8 52.3 76.2 144 225 324 519 759
HIT-V [mm] 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245 353 561 817
Section
Modulus
Z
HAS [mm] 27.0 54.1 93.8 244 474 809 1706 2949
HIT-V [mm] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541 935 1874 3294
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Design
bending
moment
MRd,s
HIT-V-5.8 [kN] 15 30 53 134 260 449 900 1581
HIT-V-8.8 [kN] 24 48 84 213 415 718 1439 2530
HIT-V-R [kN] 17 33 59 149 291 504 472 830
HIT-V-HCR [kN] 24 48 84 213 416 449 899 1129
HAS-E-5.8 [kN] 13 26 45 118 227 389 NA NA
HAS-E-8.8 [kN] NA NA NA NA NA NA 1310 2265
HAS-E-R [kN] 15 29 51 131 255 436 430 743
HAS-E-HCR [kN] 21 42 72 187 364 389 819 1011
May 2011 page 75
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 5.8 M8 M24
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 8.8 M27 M39
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V-R, HAS-R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR, HAS-HCR
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
a)
M36
a)
Anchor rod
HAS, HAS-E,HAS-R, HAS-ER
HAS-HCR M
8
x
8
0
M
1
0
x
9
0
M
1
2
x
1
1
0
M
1
6
x
1
2
5
M
2
0
x
1
7
0
M
2
4
x
2
1
0
M
3
0
x
2
7
0
M
3
6
x
3
3
0
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270 330
Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R,
HIT-V-HCR
Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length
a) M30 and M36 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
Additional Hilti recommended tools DD EC-1, DD 100 DD xxx a)
a) For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance have to be reduced
(see section Design process for typical anchor layouts)
page 76 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Setting instructions
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB
a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef 250 mm and anchor size M16
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
May 2011 page 77
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB
Water lled bore hole or submerged, hammer drilling
page 78 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Setting instructions
Dry and water-saturated concrete, diamond coring drilling; Hilti technical information only
For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and
concrete cone resistance have to be reduced. Load reduction factor: 0.7
May 2011 page 79
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20
Additional
Hilti
technical
data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35 40
Effective anchorage and drill hole
depth range a)

h
ef,min
[mm] 40 40 48 64 80 96 120 144
h
ef,max
[mm] 160 200 240 320 400 480 600 720
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] h
ef
+ 30 mm 100 mm h
ef
+ 2 d
0
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33 39
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 180
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 180
Torque moment b)
T
max
b)
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200 300 360
a) hef,min hef hef,max (hef: embedment depth)
b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing
and/or edge distance.
Setting details
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20 Additional Hilti technical data
Temperature of the
base material
Curing time before anchor
can be fully loaded t
cure
Temperature of the
base material
Working time in which
anchor can be inserted
and adjusted t
cure
40 C 4 h 40 C 12 min
30 C to 39 C 8 h 30 C 20 min
20 C to 29 C 12 h 20 C 30 min
15 C to 19 C 24 h 15 C 1 h
10 C to 14 C 48 h 10 C 2 h
5 C to 9 C 72 h 5 C 2 h
For dry concrete curing times may be reduced according to the following table. For installation temperatures below +5 C all
load values have to be reduced according to the load reduction factors given below.
Curing time for dry concrete
Additional Hilti technical data
Temperature of the
base material
Reduced curing time
before anchor can be fully
loaded t
cure
Working time in which
anchor can be inserted
and adjusted t
cure
Load reduction factor
40 C 4 h 12 min 1
30 C 8 h 20 min 1
20 C 12 h 30 min 1
15 C 18 h 1 h 1
10 C 24 h 2 h 1
5 C 36 h 2 h 1
0 C 50 h 3 h 0,7
-5 C 72 h 4 h 0,6
page 80 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Static mixer
HIT-V rods
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HIT-V-HCR rods
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V
Injection Mortar System
Variable
embedment
depth
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
330 ml foil pack
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval a) DIBt, Berlin ETA-07/0260 / 2009-01-12
ES report ICC evaluation service ESR 2322 / 2007-11-01
Fire test report MFPA, Leipzig GS-III/B-07-070 / 2008-01-18
Assessment report (re) warringtonre
WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl.
WF 172920 / 2008-05-27
a) All data given in this section according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material
temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 C to +40 C +24 C +40 C
Temperature range II -40 C to +58 C +35 C +58 C
Temperature range III -40 C to +70 C +43 C +70 C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time
Benefits
suitable for cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
high loading capacity
suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
large diameter applications
high corrosion resistant
long working time at elevated
temperatures
odourless epoxy
varied embedment depths
small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
Fire
resistance
Tensile zone
May 2011 page 81
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from Pros V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to
EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12.
Inuence of concrete strength
Inuence of edge distance
Inuence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplication:
No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor conguration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
1
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.83
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
2
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
2 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,c by the factor 0.83.
The denition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
NRd,s HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0 118.0 187.3
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7 188.0 299.3
HIT-V-R [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0 132.1 98.3
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 82 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c

re,V
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
The factor re,V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete.
re,V = 1.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement
re,V = 1.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement ( 12 mm)
re,V = 1.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a 100 mm)
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
VRd,s HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4 112.0
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8 179.2
HIT-V-R [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 58.8
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 83
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge distance and spacing inuence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 150 200 250 300 350
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
temperature range I (see service temperature range)
base material thickness, as specied in the table
One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
dry concrete
The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Pros allows the
engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical
solution every time. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.
For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.
The anchor design software program Pros can be download from the Hilti Australia website, www.hilti.com.au.
Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Cracked concrete
Tensile
Pull-out N*
Rd,p
11.3 15.7 21.7 26.4 44.8 55.3 91.4
Concrete N*
Rd,c
21.7 21.6 35.0 36.4 57.7 79.2 115.4
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 84 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge E (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 8.2 11.5 4.5 11.5 15.0 9.3 13.4 16.9 10.9 15.1 22.1 14.9 15.1 24.2 16.5
80 9.0 12.7 5.6 12.7 16.6 10.6 14.9 18.7 12.2 16.7 24.4 16.1 16.7 26.9 17.7
100 9.5 13.4 6.1 13.3 17.4 11.3 15.5 19.6 12.8 17.5 25.6 16.7 17.5 28.1 18.3
120 9.8 14.0 6.7 13.9 18.1 12.0 16.2 20.4 13.5 18.2 26.6 17.3 18.2 29.4 18.9
150 10.4 14.9 6.7 14.8 19.3 13.0 17.2 21.8 14.4 19.4 28.4 18.2 19.4 31.3 19.8
200 11.4 16.4 6.7 16.2 21.4 14.6 18.8 24.0 16.1 21.2 31.3 19.8 21.2 34.4 21.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 11.8 14.2 6.4 14.8 16.8 10.6 16.9 18.7 12.4 21.0 23.8 16.6 21.0 29.2 20.8
100 13.1 15.7 8.0 16.4 18.7 12.5 18.8 20.8 14.1 23.5 26.4 18.5 23.5 32.5 22.3
150 14.4 17.4 9.6 18.1 20.6 14.3 20.9 22.9 15.9 25.9 29.2 19.9 25.9 35.8 24.0
200 15.7 19.0 9.6 19.8 22.4 16.2 22.8 25.0 17.7 28.3 31.8 21.6 28.3 39.0 25.5
250 17.0 20.5 9.6 21.5 24.4 17.6 24.6 27.1 19.4 30.7 34.4 23.2 30.7 42.2 27.1
300 17.5 22.1 9.6 22.1 26.3 17.6 25.3 29.2 21.2 31.6 37.1 24.9 31.6 45.6 28.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 15.8 20.2 8.7 18.1 22.2 11.8 20.4 24.4 15.2 26.8 30.1 20.0 28.8 36.5 24.8
100 17.2 21.6 10.2 19.4 23.9 13.4 22.0 26.2 16.9 28.8 32.4 21.6 31.1 39.1 26.3
150 18.6 23.5 12.0 21.2 25.9 15.4 23.9 28.4 19.0 31.4 35.2 23.6 33.8 42.6 28.2
200 20.2 25.4 13.1 22.9 28.1 17.4 25.9 30.7 21.1 34.0 38.0 25.5 36.6 46.1 30.0
250 21.6 27.4 13.1 24.6 30.1 18.9 27.8 33.0 23.2 36.5 40.9 27.5 39.2 49.4 31.9
300 23.2 29.2 13.1 26.3 32.2 18.9 29.6 35.3 25.3 38.9 43.7 29.4 41.9 52.8 33.8
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 85
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 46.9 49.2 28.2 46.9 49.2 35.2 60.7 60.5 47.8 70.2 68.0 55.0 83.4 84.4 69.1
150 48.5 50.8 29.9 48.5 50.8 37.0 62.8 62.3 49.8 72.6 70.1 56.9 86.3 87.0 71.0
200 51.2 53.3 32.9 51.2 53.3 40.1 66.4 65.3 53.1 76.7 73.7 60.0 91.2 91.3 73.9
250 54.0 55.8 35.8 54.0 55.8 43.2 70.0 68.5 56.4 80.9 77.2 63.2 96.1 95.6 76.8
300 56.8 58.3 38.8 56.8 58.3 46.3 73.4 71.6 59.8 85.0 80.6 66.3 100.9 100.0 79.8
350 59.5 60.8 41.7 59.5 60.8 49.4 77.0 74.8 63.1 89.0 84.1 69.5 105.8 104.4 82.7
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 20.5 26.0 13.7 22.9 29.0 17.3 29.4 37.3 25.6 34.7 44.2 31.3 34.7 44.2 36.8
100 21.2 27.2 14.6 23.8 30.4 18.2 30.4 39.0 26.6 35.9 46.1 32.2 35.9 46.1 37.7
150 23.0 30.1 16.7 25.8 33.6 20.5 33.0 43.1 29.0 39.0 50.9 34.5 39.0 50.9 39.9
200 24.8 32.9 18.9 27.8 36.7 22.8 35.6 47.2 31.4 42.1 55.8 36.8 42.1 55.8 42.1
250 26.6 35.8 20.6 29.8 40.0 25.0 38.3 51.2 33.9 45.2 60.6 39.1 45.2 60.6 44.3
300 28.4 38.6 20.6 31.8 43.2 27.3 40.8 55.1 36.3 48.2 65.4 41.4 48.2 65.4 46.6
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 32.8 37.4 20.5 40.0 44.0 31.2 48.0 51.4 39.4 56.5 59.0 45.8 57.5 67.2 52.1
150 34.9 39.8 23.1 42.7 47.0 34.0 51.2 54.7 42.2 60.5 62.9 48.5 61.4 71.6 54.7
200 37.2 42.2 25.6 45.5 49.9 36.9 54.6 58.1 45.0 64.4 66.7 51.1 65.4 76.0 57.3
250 39.5 44.8 28.2 48.2 52.8 39.7 57.8 61.3 47.8 68.3 70.6 53.8 69.4 80.4 59.9
300 41.8 47.2 30.7 51.0 55.7 42.6 61.2 64.8 50.6 72.1 74.4 56.5 73.3 84.8 62.5
350 43.9 49.7 30.7 53.8 58.6 45.4 64.4 68.0 53.4 76.1 78.2 59.2 77.3 89.2 65.1
page 86 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge E (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 12.2 13.8 9.0 16.4 17.4 12.5 19.0 19.4 14.1 21.1 24.8 18.0 21.1 27.1 19.6
80 15.5 17.6 11.2 20.4 21.8 16.9 23.2 24.2 18.4 25.6 30.5 22.3 25.6 33.1 23.8
100 17.3 19.8 12.2 22.4 24.4 19.0 25.3 26.8 20.6 27.8 33.5 24.4 27.8 36.4 25.9
120 19.1 22.0 13.4 24.6 26.9 21.2 27.6 29.5 22.7 30.4 36.7 26.5 30.4 39.7 28.0
150 21.8 25.6 13.4 28.0 31.0 24.3 31.2 33.8 25.8 34.1 41.8 29.6 34.1 45.1 31.1
200 26.8 32.0 13.4 33.6 38.4 29.2 37.3 41.8 31.0 40.6 50.9 34.7 40.6 54.7 36.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 17.2 17.0 12.4 21.0 19.8 14.9 23.6 21.8 16.6 28.8 27.2 20.8 28.8 32.9 24.9
100 22.3 22.1 16.0 26.8 25.4 20.7 29.9 27.7 22.4 35.8 34.1 26.4 35.8 40.7 30.4
150 28.1 27.8 19.2 33.1 31.7 26.4 36.6 34.4 28.0 43.3 41.6 32.0 43.3 49.3 36.0
200 34.2 34.2 19.2 39.8 38.6 31.9 43.9 41.8 33.5 51.4 50.0 37.4 51.4 58.7 41.4
250 40.6 41.3 19.2 46.9 46.3 35.2 51.5 49.8 38.8 59.8 59.2 42.9 59.8 69.0 46.8
300 43.2 49.0 19.2 49.8 54.6 35.2 54.5 58.6 42.4 63.2 69.1 48.2 63.2 80.0 52.1
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 23.3 24.2 17.1 23.3 24.2 19.1 28.9 28.7 21.0 36.7 34.8 25.7 39.4 41.4 30.4
100 27.7 28.9 20.4 27.7 28.9 24.4 34.0 34.0 26.3 42.6 40.8 30.9 45.5 48.1 35.6
150 34.0 35.4 24.0 34.0 35.4 30.8 40.9 41.2 32.7 50.6 48.8 37.3 53.6 57.2 41.9
200 40.4 42.6 26.2 40.4 42.6 34.8 48.2 49.1 39.1 59.0 57.7 43.6 62.4 67.1 48.1
250 47.4 50.4 26.2 47.4 50.4 37.8 56.0 57.6 45.4 67.8 67.3 49.8 71.6 77.8 54.3
300 54.7 58.8 26.2 54.7 58.8 37.8 64.1 66.8 50.6 77.0 77.6 56.0 81.1 89.3 60.4
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 87
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 64.2 60.0 53.4 70.1 64.4 57.8 80.4 72.1 64.9 91.3 80.2 72.0 106.7 97.4 85.9
150 69.7 64.7 59.7 75.8 69.2 63.9 86.6 77.3 70.9 98.2 85.7 77.9 114.1 103.8 91.7
200 79.2 72.7 65.8 85.8 77.8 73.9 97.6 86.4 80.8 109.9 95.4 87.6 127.1 114.8 101.2
250 89.3 81.4 71.6 96.5 86.6 83.6 109.1 96.0 90.4 122.4 105.7 97.2 140.9 126.5 110.7
300 100.0 90.4 77.6 107.6 96.1 92.6 121.2 106.0 100.0 135.5 116.4 106.7 155.3 138.6 120.1
350 111.0 99.8 83.4 119.4 106.0 98.4 133.8 116.6 109.5 149.2 127.7 116.8 170.3 151.4 129.4
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 29.6 33.8 26.8 32.5 37.2 29.0 40.4 46.2 34.6 46.8 53.5 40.1 46.8 53.5 45.6
100 32.2 37.3 29.2 35.2 40.9 32.2 43.4 50.5 37.7 50.2 58.3 43.2 50.2 58.3 48.6
150 38.9 46.9 33.4 42.2 51.1 39.9 51.5 61.7 45.3 58.9 71.3 50.7 58.9 71.3 56.0
200 46.1 57.5 37.8 49.9 61.9 45.4 60.1 73.6 52.8 68.4 85.4 58.1 68.4 85.4 63.4
250 53.6 69.2 41.2 58.0 73.3 50.0 69.2 86.4 60.2 78.4 100.7 65.4 78.4 101.9 70.7
300 61.8 80.2 41.2 66.5 85.7 54.6 78.8 100.3 67.5 88.8 116.2 72.7 88.8 117.8 77.9
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 46.1 46.1 39.3 54.7 53.3 45.7 64.2 61.0 52.1 74.4 69.1 58.4 75.5 77.8 64.6
150 53.8 53.6 46.2 63.4 61.6 54.7 73.7 70.1 60.9 84.8 79.0 67.1 85.9 88.6 73.3
200 62.0 61.8 51.2 72.6 70.6 63.5 83.9 79.8 69.6 95.9 89.6 75.7 97.2 100.1 81.8
250 70.9 70.6 56.4 82.3 80.2 72.1 94.6 90.2 78.2 107.6 100.9 84.2 109.0 112.2 90.2
300 80.3 79.9 61.4 92.6 90.2 80.6 105.8 101.3 86.6 119.9 112.8 92.6 121.3 125.0 98.5
350 90.0 89.9 61.4 103.3 101.0 88.8 117.6 112.9 95.0 132.7 125.4 100.9 134.3 138.6 106.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 88 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2008-11-03
Additional Hilti
technical data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Nominal
tensile
strength f
uk
HIT-V 5.8 [N/mm] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
HIT-V 8.8 [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
HIT-V-R [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700 700 500 500
HIT-V-HCR [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 500
Yield
strength f
yk
HIT-V 5.8 [N/mm] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
HIT-V 8.8 [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
HIT-V-R [N/mm] 450 450 450 450 450 450 210 210
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm] 600 600 600 600 600 400 400 250
Stressed
cross-
section A
s
HIT-V [mm] 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245 353 561 817
Section
Modulus
Z
HIT-V [mm] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541 935 1874 3294
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Design
bending
moment
MRd,s
HIT-V-5.8 [kN] 15 30 53 134 260 449 900 1581
HIT-V-8.8 [kN] 24 48 84 213 415 718 1439 2530
HIT-V-R [kN] 17 33 59 149 291 504 472 830
HIT-V-HCR [kN] 24 48 84 213 416 449 899 1129
May 2011 page 89
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HIT-V(F)
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V(F)
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V-R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
a)
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R,
HIT-V-HCR
Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length
a) M30 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
page 90 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Setting instructions
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB
a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef 250 mm and anchor size M16
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
May 2011 page 91
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Data according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35
Effective anchorage and drill hole
depth range a)

h
ef,min
[mm] 40 40 48 64 80 96 120
h
ef,max
[mm] 160 200 240 320 400 480 600
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] h
ef
+ 30 mm 100 mm h
ef
+ 2 d
0
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
Torque moment b)
T
max
b)
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200 300
a) hef,min hef hef,max (hef: embedment depth)
b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing
and/or edge distance.
Setting details
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12
Temperature of the
base material
Working time in which anchor
can be inserted and adjusted t
cure
Curing time before anchor
can be fully loaded t
cure
40 C 12 min 4 h
30 C to 39 C 20 min 8 h
20 C to 29 C 30 min 12 h
15 C to 19 C 1 h 24 h
10 C to 14 C 2 h 48 h
5 C to 9 C 2 h 72 h
page 92 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS
Injection Mortar System Benefits
suitable for non cracked and
cracked concrete C 20/25 to
C50/60
suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
high loading capacity
rapid curing
small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
high corrosion resistant
varied embedment depths
Variable
embedment
depth
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack)
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Static mixer
Tensile
zone
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01
a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material
temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 C to +40 C +24 C +40 C
Temperature range II -40 C to +80 C +50 C +80 C
Temperature range III -40 C to +120 C +72 C +120 C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time
HIT-V rods
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HIT-V-HCR rods
May 2011 page 93
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from Pros V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to
EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-08/0352, issue 2010-04-01.
Inuence of concrete strength
Inuence of edge distance
Inuence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplication:
No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor conguration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
NRd,s HAS E 5.8 [kN] 11.3 17.3 25.3 48.0 74.7 106.7
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0 118.0
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7 188.0
HAS-E-R [kN] 12.3 19.8 28.3 54.0 84.0 119.8
HIT-V-R [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0 132.1
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 94 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c

re,V
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
The factor re,V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete.
re,V = 1.0 anchorage in non-cracked concrete
re,V = 1.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement
re,V = 1.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement ( 12 mm)
re,V = 1.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a 100 mm)
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
VRd,s HAS E 5.8 [kN] 6.8 10.4 15.2 28.8 44.8 64.0
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8
HAS-E-R [kN] 7.7 12,2 17.3 32.7 50.6 71.8
HIT-V-R [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 95
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge distance and spacing inuence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 150 200 250 300
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non cracked and cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
temperature range I (see service temperature range)
base material thickness, as specied in the table
One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Pros allows the
engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical
solution every time. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.
For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.
The anchor design software program Pros can be download from the Hilti Australia website, www.hilti.com.au.
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile
Concrete N*
Rd,p
16.4 23.1 33.8 57.1 94.4 121.7
Concrete N*
Rd,c
25.4 30.3 40.9 59.5 103.4 129.6
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
Cracked concrete
Tensile
Concrete N*
Rd,p
NA 10.8 15.9 26.3 44.9 66.4
Concrete N*
Rd,c
NA 25.9 35.0 42.4 67.3 92.4
Shear V
Rd,s
NA Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 96 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 11.9 13.5 6.3 17.2 17.5 13.2 20.1 19.7 15.4 21.6 25.7 21.0 21.6 28.3 23.2
80 13.3 14.9 7.9 19.2 19.4 15.0 22.5 21.8 17.2 24.1 28.5 22.7 24.1 31.3 24.9
100 14.0 15.6 8.6 20.2 20.3 15.9 23.7 22.9 18.1 25.4 29.8 23.6 25.4 32.8 25.7
120 14.7 16.4 9.4 21.2 21.2 16.9 24.9 23.9 19.0 26.7 31.2 24.4 26.7 34.3 26.6
150 15.8 17.4 9.4 22.7 22.6 18.3 26.6 25.4 20.4 28.5 33.2 25.7 28.5 36.6 27.9
200 17.5 19.2 9.4 25.3 24.9 20.6 29.5 28.0 22.6 31.6 36.6 27.9 31.6 40.3 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 16.3 16.5 9.0 20.5 19.6 15.0 23.6 21.8 17.4 29.4 27.8 23.4 29.4 34.1 29.3
100 18.5 18.4 11.3 23.2 21.8 17.6 26.7 24.3 19.9 33.2 30.9 25.7 33.2 38.0 31.5
150 20.6 20.3 13.5 25.9 24.0 20.2 29.7 26.7 22.4 37.1 34.0 28.1 37.1 41.7 33.8
200 22.7 22.1 13.5 28.5 26.2 22.8 32.8 29.2 24.9 40.9 37.2 30.4 40.9 45.6 36.0
250 24.8 24.0 13.5 31.1 28.5 24.8 35.8 31.6 27.4 44.6 40.2 32.7 44.6 49.4 38.3
300 25.6 25.8 13.5 32.2 30.7 24.8 37.0 34.1 29.9 46.1 43.3 35.1 46.1 53.2 40.6
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 23.4 23.5 12.3 26.6 25.9 16.7 30.0 28.4 21.4 39.4 35.2 28.2 42.3 42.5 35.0
100 25.5 25.2 14.4 29.0 27.8 18.9 32.7 30.5 23.8 43.0 37.8 30.5 46.1 45.7 37.1
150 28.1 27.5 16.9 32.0 30.3 21.7 36.1 33.2 26.7 47.4 41.1 33.2 50.8 49.8 39.7
200 30.7 29.7 18.5 35.0 32.7 24.5 39.5 35.9 29.7 51.9 44.4 36.0 55.6 53.8 42.4
250 33.3 31.9 18.5 38.0 35.2 26.7 42.9 38.6 32.7 56.3 47.7 38.7 60.3 57.8 45.0
300 36.0 34.1 18.5 40.9 37.6 26.7 46.2 41.4 35.7 60.7 51.0 41.5 65.0 61.8 47.7
May 2011 page 97
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 87.0 80.5 39.7 96.9 87.2 49.7 114.4 99.0 67.5 133.3 111.3 77.6 149.6 138.0 97.6
150 90.6 83.0 42.3 100.9 89.9 52.3 119.1 102.0 70.3 138.7 114.7 80.2 155.7 142.3 100.1
200 96.5 87.1 46.4 107.5 94.4 56.6 126.9 107.0 75.0 147.8 120.5 84.7 165.9 149.4 104.2
250 102.5 91.3 50.5 114.1 98.9 61.0 134.7 112.2 79.6 156.9 126.2 89.2 176.1 156.5 108.4
300 108.4 95.4 54.7 120.7 103.4 65.3 142.5 117.3 84.3 166.0 132.0 93.6 186.3 163.6 112.6
350 114.3 99.6 58.8 127.3 107.9 69.7 150.3 122.3 89.0 175.0 137.7 98.1 196.5 170.7 116.8
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 41.3 42.6 19.3 46.2 47.6 24.4 59.3 61.0 36.2 70.0 72.2 44.1 70.0 72.2 52.0
100 43.1 44.5 20.5 48.1 49.7 25.7 61.8 63.7 37.5 73.0 75.3 45.4 73.0 75.3 53.2
150 47.5 49.2 23.6 53.1 54.9 28.9 68.1 70.4 41.0 80.5 83.3 48.6 80.5 83.3 56.3
200 52.0 53.9 26.6 58.0 60.1 32.1 74.5 77.2 44.4 88.0 91.2 51.9 88.0 91.2 59.4
250 56.4 58.5 29.0 63.0 65.4 35.3 80.8 83.9 47.8 95.5 99.2 55.1 95.5 99.2 62.6
300 60.8 63.2 29.0 67.9 70.6 38.6 87.1 90.1 51.2 103.0 107.0 58.4 103.0 107.1 65.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 62.2 61.1 28.9 76.2 72.1 44.0 91.4 84.0 55.5 108.0 96.5 64.6 109.0 110.0 73.5
150 67.1 65.1 32.5 82.2 76.9 48.0 98.7 89.4 59.5 116.5 102.8 68.4 117.6 117.1 77.2
200 72.1 69.1 36.1 88.3 81.6 52.0 106.0 95.0 63.5 125.1 109.2 72.2 126.3 124.3 80.9
250 77.0 73.2 39.7 94.3 86.3 56.0 113.2 100.4 67.4 133.6 115.5 76.0 135.0 131.5 84.6
300 82.0 77.2 43.4 100.4 91.0 60.0 120.4 105.9 71.4 142.2 121.8 79.8 143.6 138.7 88.2
350 86.7 81.2 43.4 106.4 95.7 64.0 127.7 111.4 75.4 150.8 128.1 83.6 152.2 146.0 92.0
page 98 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 17.3 16.0 12.6 23.8 20.3 17.7 27.4 22.6 19.9 29.2 29.0 25.4 29.2 31.7 30.9
80 22.6 20.6 15.8 30.1 25.6 23.8 34.3 28.2 26.0 36.3 35.6 31.4 36.6 38.7 36.8
100 25.4 23.0 17.2 33.5 28.4 26.8 38.0 31.3 29.0 40.2 39.1 34.4 40.2 42.5 39.7
120 28.4 25.7 18.8 37.1 31.4 29.8 41.8 34.5 32.0 44.1 42.8 37.3 44.1 46.4 42.6
150 33.1 29.8 18.8 42.6 36.2 34.3 47.8 39.6 36.4 50.4 48.8 41.7 50.4 52.7 47.0
200 41.4 37.4 18.8 52.4 44.9 41.2 58.4 48.8 43.7 61.3 59.5 49.0 61.3 64.0 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 22.9 19.9 17.4 28.0 23.2 21.0 31.6 25.5 23.4 38.5 31.8 29.3 38.5 38.4 35.1
100 30.5 25.8 22.6 36.5 29.7 29.2 40.8 32.4 31.5 48.9 39.8 37.2 48.9 47.5 43.0
150 39.1 32.5 27.0 46.1 37.0 37.2 51.1 40.2 39.4 60.5 48.7 45.1 60.2 57.4 50.7
200 48.5 40.0 27.0 56.6 45.2 45.0 62.3 48.8 47.2 73.0 58.5 52.8 73.0 68.6 58.4
250 58.7 48.2 27.0 67.9 54.1 49.6 74.4 58.2 54.8 86.6 69.2 60.5 86.5 80.6 66.0
300 63.0 52.1 27.0 72.6 63.8 49.6 79.5 68.4 59.8 92.1 80.8 68.0 92.2 93.5 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 32.0 28.2 24.1 35.7 30.8 26.9 39.7 33.5 29.6 50.6 40.6 36.3 53.9 48.4 42.9
100 39.1 33.8 28.8 43.4 36.7 34.4 48.0 39.7 37.1 60.2 47.6 43.6 63.8 56.3 50.1
150 49.1 41.4 33.8 54.0 44.7 43.4 59.2 48.1 46.2 73.3 57.1 52.7 77.5 66.9 59.1
200 60.0 49.8 37.0 65.7 53.5 49.0 71.6 57.3 55.2 87.5 67.5 61.5 92.3 78.4 67.9
250 71.9 58.8 37.0 78.3 63.0 53.4 85.0 67.3 64.0 102.9 78.7 70.3 108.2 91.0 76.6
300 84.6 68.7 37.0 91.8 73.3 53.4 99.3 78.1 71.4 119.3 90.7 79.0 125.2 104.3 85.2
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 99
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 115.4 98.2 75.5 126.5 105.4 81.6 146.1 117.9 91.6 167.1 131.1 101.5 185.2 159.4 121.2
150 126.6 105.8 84.2 138.4 113.3 90.2 159.2 126.4 100.1 181.4 140.2 109.9 200.5 169.8 129.4
200 146.6 119.0 92.8 159.4 127.2 104.2 182.2 141.3 114.0 206.5 156.1 123.7 227.4 188.0 142.9
250 167.6 133.1 101.0 181.8 141.8 118.0 206.7 157.0 127.7 233.3 172.9 137.2 256.0 207.0 156.3
300 190.2 147.9 109.4 205.6 157.2 130.6 232.8 173.5 141.1 261.6 190.5 150.6 286.3 226.9 169.5
350 214.1 163.4 117.6 230.9 173.4 139.4 260.3 190.8 154.5 291.5 209.0 163.9 318.2 247.8 182.6
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 54.6 55.4 37.8 60.0 60.8 40.9 74.5 75.5 48.8 86.4 87.6 56.6 86.4 87.6 64.3
100 60.2 61.1 41.0 65.9 67.0 45.4 81.3 82.6 53.2 94.0 95.4 60.9 94.0 95.4 68.6
150 75.1 76.8 47.2 81.7 83.6 56.3 99.6 101.0 64.0 114.1 116.6 71.5 114.1 116.6 79.1
200 91.6 94.1 53.2 99.2 101.3 64.1 119.6 120.3 74.5 136.1 139.9 82.0 136.1 139.9 89.5
250 109.7 111.8 58.0 118.4 120.0 70.6 141.4 141.4 85.0 160.1 164.6 92.4 160.1 165.3 99.7
300 129.4 131.1 58.0 139.2 140.2 77.2 165.1 164.1 95.2 186.0 190.0 102.6 186.0 192.8 110.0
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 81.6 75.3 55.5 97.2 87.1 64.6 114.0 99.7 73.5 132.2 113.1 82.4 133.4 127.3 91.2
150 97.4 87.8 65.0 114.9 100.9 77.2 133.7 114.6 86.0 154.0 129.4 94.7 155.2 145.0 103.4
200 114.6 101.2 72.2 134.1 115.4 89.6 155.0 130.6 98.2 177.4 146.7 106.8 178.8 163.7 115.4
250 133.2 115.5 79.4 154.7 131.1 101.7 177.8 147.6 110.3 202.5 165.1 118.8 204.0 183.6 127.3
300 153.1 130.8 86.8 176.7 147.7 113.7 202.1 165.6 122.2 229.2 184.6 130.7 230.8 204.6 139.1
350 174.3 147.0 86.8 200.2 165.3 125.6 228.0 184.7 134.0 257.5 205.2 142.4 259.3 226.8 150.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 100 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa Cracked Concrete
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 8.4 14.1 6.4 10.5 16.8 10.6 12.1 18.7 12.4 15.1 23.8 16.6 15.1 29.2 20.8
100 9.3 15.8 8.0 11.6 18.7 12.5 13.4 20.8 14.1 16.7 26.4 18.5 16.7 32.5 22.3
150 10.1 17.4 9.6 12.7 20.6 14.3 14.6 22.9 15.9 18.2 29.1 19.9 18.2 35.7 24.0
200 11.0 18.9 9.6 13.8 22.5 16.2 15.8 25.0 17.7 19.7 31.8 21.6 19.7 39.0 25.5
250 11.8 20.5 9.6 14.8 24.4 17.6 17.0 27.1 19.4 21.2 34.4 23.2 21.2 42.3 27.1
300 12.1 22.1 9.6 15.2 26.3 17.6 17.4 29.2 21.2 21.7 37.1 24.9 21.7 45.5 28.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 12.1 20.1 8.7 13.8 22.2 11.8 15.6 24.3 15.2 20.5 30.1 20.0 22.0 36.4 24.8
100 13.0 21.6 10.2 14.8 23.8 13.4 16.7 26.2 16.9 21.9 32.4 21.6 23.5 39.2 26.3
150 14.0 23.5 12.0 16.0 25.9 15.4 18.0 28.4 19.0 23.7 35.2 23.6 25.4 42.6 28.2
200 15.1 25.4 13.1 17.1 28.0 17.4 19.4 30.7 21.1 25.4 38.0 25.5 27.3 46.0 30.0
250 16.1 27.3 13.1 18.3 30.1 18.9 20.7 33.0 23.2 27.2 40.9 27.5 29.1 49.4 31.9
300 17.1 29.2 13.1 19.5 32.2 18.9 22.0 35.3 25.3 28.8 43.7 29.4 30.9 52.9 33.8
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 21.0 30.4 13.7 23.5 34.0 17.3 30.1 43.6 25.6 35.6 51.5 31.3 35.6 51.5 36.8
100 21.7 31.7 14.6 24.3 35.4 18.2 31.1 45.5 26.6 36.8 53.7 32.2 36.8 53.7 37.7
150 23.5 35.1 16.7 26.2 39.2 20.5 33.6 50.2 29.0 39.8 59.4 34.5 39.8 59.4 39.9
200 25.2 38.4 18.9 28.2 42.9 22.8 36.1 55.0 31.4 42.7 65.1 36.8 42.7 65.1 42.1
250 26.9 41.7 20.6 30.0 46.6 25.0 38.6 59.8 33.9 45.6 70.7 39.1 45.6 70.7 44.3
300 28.6 45.1 20.6 32.0 50.4 27.3 41.0 64.2 36.3 48.5 76.3 41.4 48.5 76.4 46.6
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 101
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 50.7 57.4 28.2 56.5 62.2 35.2 66.7 70.5 47.8 77.7 79.3 55.0 87.2 98.4 69.1
150 52.5 59.2 29.9 58.5 64.1 37.0 69.0 72.7 49.8 80.4 81.8 56.9 90.2 101.5 71.0
200 55.4 62.1 32.9 61.7 67.3 40.1 72.9 76.4 53.1 84.8 85.9 60.0 95.2 106.5 73.9
250 58.3 65.1 35.8 65.0 70.5 43.2 76.7 80.0 56.4 89.3 90.0 63.2 100.3 111.6 76.8
300 61.2 68.0 38.8 68.2 73.7 46.3 80.5 83.6 59.8 93.8 94.1 66.3 105.3 116.7 79.8
350 64.2 71.0 41.7 71.4 76.9 49.4 84.3 87.2 63.1 98.2 98.2 69.5 110.2 121.7 82.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 33.9 43.6 20.5 41.4 51.4 31.2 49.7 59.9 39.4 58.7 68.8 45.8 59.3 78.4 52.1
150 36.0 46.5 23.1 44.1 54.8 34.0 52.9 63.8 42.2 62.5 73.3 48.5 63.1 83.5 54.7
200 38.2 49.3 25.6 46.8 58.2 36.9 56.1 67.7 45.0 66.2 77.8 51.1 66.9 88.7 57.3
250 40.3 52.1 28.2 49.4 61.5 39.7 59.3 71.6 47.8 70.0 82.4 53.8 70.7 93.8 59.9
300 42.5 55.0 30.7 52.1 64.9 42.6 62.5 75.5 50.6 73.8 86.8 56.5 74.5 98.9 62.5
350 44.7 57.9 30.7 54.7 68.3 45.4 65.6 79.4 53.4 77.5 91.4 59.2 78.2 104.0 65.1
page 102 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa Cracked Concrete
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 12.9 17.0 12.4 15.7 19.9 14.9 17.8 21.8 16.6 21.6 27.2 20.8 21.6 32.9 24.9
100 16.4 22.1 16.0 19.6 25.4 20.7 21.9 27.8 22.4 26.2 34.1 26.4 26.2 40.7 30.4
150 20.2 27.9 19.2 23.8 31.7 26.4 26.3 34.4 28.0 31.2 41.7 32.0 31.2 49.3 36.0
200 24.1 34.2 19.2 28.1 38.7 31.9 31.0 41.8 33.5 36.1 50.1 37.4 36.3 58.7 41.4
250 28.1 41.2 19.2 32.5 46.3 35.2 35.6 49.8 38.8 41.4 59.2 42.9 41.4 69.0 46.8
300 29.7 48.9 19.2 34.2 54.6 35.2 37.5 58.6 42.4 43.5 69.1 48.2 43.4 80.1 52.1
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 18.4 24.2 17.1 20.7 26.4 19.1 23.0 28.7 21.0 29.3 34.8 25.7 31.2 41.4 30.4
100 21.8 28.9 20.4 24.2 31.4 24.4 26.7 34.0 26.3 33.5 40.8 30.9 35.5 48.2 35.6
150 26.3 35.4 24.0 28.9 38.2 30.8 31.7 41.2 32.7 39.2 48.9 37.3 41.4 57.3 41.9
200 30.9 42.6 26.2 33.9 45.8 34.8 36.9 49.0 39.1 45.1 57.7 43.6 47.6 67.1 48.1
250 35.8 50.4 26.2 39.0 53.9 37.8 42.3 57.6 45.4 51.2 67.3 49.8 53.9 77.8 54.3
300 40.7 58.8 26.2 44.1 62.8 37.8 47.7 66.8 50.6 57.4 77.6 56.0 60.2 89.2 60.4
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 31.3 39.5 26.8 34.4 43.4 29.0 42.7 53.9 34.6 49.5 62.5 40.1 49.5 62.5 45.6
100 33.8 43.6 29.2 37.0 47.8 32.2 45.7 58.9 37.7 52.7 68.1 43.2 52.7 68.1 48.6
150 40.4 54.8 33.4 44.0 59.6 39.9 53.6 72.0 45.3 61.4 83.2 50.7 61.4 83.2 56.0
200 47.4 67.1 37.8 51.4 72.2 45.4 62.0 85.8 52.8 70.5 99.7 58.1 70.5 99.7 63.4
250 54.9 79.8 41.2 59.2 85.5 50.0 70.7 100.8 60.2 80.0 117.4 65.4 80.0 117.9 70.7
300 62.6 93.5 41.2 67.4 99.9 54.6 79.9 117.0 67.5 90.0 135.5 72.7 90.0 137.5 77.9
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 103
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 73.2 70.0 53.5 80.2 75.2 57.8 92.6 84.1 64.9 105.9 93.5 72.0 117.4 113.6 85.9
150 79.2 75.4 59.7 86.6 80.8 63.9 99.6 90.2 70.9 113.5 100.0 77.9 125.4 121.1 91.7
200 89.8 84.9 65.8 97.7 90.7 73.9 111.7 100.8 80.8 126.6 111.3 87.6 139.5 134.0 101.2
250 100.9 94.9 71.6 109.5 101.1 83.6 124.5 111.9 90.4 140.5 123.3 97.2 154.2 147.6 110.7
300 112.6 105.4 77.6 121.7 112.1 92.6 137.8 123.7 100.0 154.5 135.8 106.7 169.5 161.7 120.1
350 124.7 116.5 83.4 134.6 123.7 98.4 151.7 136.0 109.5 169.9 149.0 116.8 185.4 176.6 129.4
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 49.3 53.7 39.3 58.8 62.1 45.7 69.0 71.1 52.1 80.0 80.7 58.4 80.6 90.8 64.6
150 57.1 62.6 46.2 67.4 71.9 54.7 78.4 81.8 60.9 90.3 92.3 67.1 91.0 103.4 73.3
200 65.5 72.2 51.2 76.5 82.3 63.5 88.5 93.1 69.6 101.3 104.6 75.7 102.1 116.7 81.8
250 74.2 82.4 56.4 86.2 93.4 72.1 99.0 105.3 78.2 112.8 117.7 84.2 113.6 130.9 90.2
300 83.3 93.2 61.4 96.2 105.3 80.6 110.0 118.1 86.6 124.7 131.6 92.6 125.6 145.9 98.5
350 92.8 104.8 61.4 106.6 117.9 88.8 121.4 131.7 95.0 137.1 146.3 100.9 138.1 161.7 106.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 104 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm] 500 500 500 500 500 500
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 800
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700 700
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 700
Yield strength f
yk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm] 400 400 400 400 400 400
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 640 640
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm] 450 450 450 450 450 450
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm] 600 600 600 600 600 400
Stressed cross-section A
s
HAS [mm] 32,8 52,3 76,2 144 225 324
HIT-V [mm] 36,6 58,0 84,3 157 245 353
Section modulus Z
HAS [mm] 27,0 54,1 93,8 244 474 809
HIT-V [mm] 31,2 62,3 109 277 541 935
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Design bending moment MRd,s
HIT-V-5.8 [kN] 15 30 53 134 260 449
HIT-V-8.8 [kN] 24 48 84 213 415 718
HIT-V-R [kN] 17 33 59 149 291 504
HIT-V-HCR [kN] 24 48 84 213 416 449
HAS-E-5.8 [kN] 13 26 45 118 227 389
HAS-E-8.8 [kN] NA NA NA NA NA NA
HAS-E-R [kN] 15 29 51 131 255 436
HAS-E-HCR [kN] 21 42 72 187 364 389
May 2011 page 105
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 5.8: M8 M24
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 8.8 M27 M30
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V-R, HAS-R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR, HAS-HCR
(AVAILABLE ON REQUEST)
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088:
1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Anchor rod
HAS, HAS-R, HAS-HCR
HAS-E, HAS-E-R
M8x80 M10x90 M12x110 M16x125 M20x170 M24x210
Embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R,
HIT-V-HCR
Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
page 106 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Setting instructions
a) Note: Manual cleaning for non-cracked concrete, element sizes d 16mm and embedment depth hef 10 d only!
b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation and/or embedment depth > 250mm!
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
May 2011 page 107
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28
Effective embedment and drill hole depth
range a) for HIT-V

h
ef,min
[mm] 60 60 70 80 90 100
h
ef,max
[mm] 160 200 240 320 400 480
Effective anchorage
and drill hole depth for HAS
h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] h
ef
+ 30 mm 100 mm h
ef
+ 2 d
0
Diameter of clearance hole in the xture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26
Torque moment
T
max
b)
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120
a) Embedment depth range: hef,min hef hef,max
b) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or edge
distance
Setting details
Working time, curing time
Temperature of the base material T
BM
Working time t
gel
Curing time t
cure
-10 C T
BM
< -5 C 180 min 12 h
-5 C T
BM
< 0 C 40 min 4 h
0 C T
BM
< 5 C 20 min 2 h
5 C T
BM
< 20 C 8 min 1 h
20 C T
BM
< 30 C 5 min 30 min
30 C T
BM
40 C 2 min 30 min
page 108 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N
Injection Mortar System Benefits
suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
high loading capacity
rapid curing
small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
corrosion resistant
in service temperature range up to
120C short term/72C long term
manual cleaning for anchor size
M8 and M10
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack))
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01
a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material
temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 C to +40 C +24 C +40 C
Temperature range II -40 C to +80 C +50 C +80 C
Temperature range III -40 C to +120 C +72 C +120 C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time
Internal threaded sleeve
HIS-N
HIS-RN (A4-70)
Static mixer
May 2011 page 109
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtain from Pros V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029.
Design resistance according to data given in ETA-08/0352, issue 2010-04-01.
Inuence of concrete strength
Inuence of edge distance
Inuence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplication:
No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor conguration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
NRd,s
HIS-N [kN] 17.5 30.7 44.7 80.3 74.1
HIS-RN [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 69.2
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 110 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
VRd,s HIS-N [kN] 10.4 18.4 26.0 39.3 36.7
HIS-RN [kN] [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 41.5
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 111
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge distance and spacing inuence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Base material thickness h [mm] 120 150 200 250 300
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
temperature range I (see service temperature range)
base material thickness, as specied in the table
One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Tensile N
Rd,s
29.1 66.3
Shear V
Rd,s

Steel Failure Governs
refer steel resistance tables
Note: for cracked concrete contact your local eld engineer for further information, au.engineering@hilti.com
page 112 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 13.3 15.2 7.1 18.2 19.2 15.1 20.9 21.4 17.5 26.0 27.2 23.6 26.0 33.4 29.6
80 14.6 16.6 8.9 20.0 21.0 17.2 23.0 23.3 19.6 28.6 29.7 25.6 28.6 36.4 31.5
100 15.3 17.3 9.8 20.9 21.9 18.3 24.0 24.3 20.6 29.9 30.9 26.5 29.9 38.0 32.4
150 17.0 19.1 10.7 23.2 24.1 21.0 26.6 26.8 23.2 33.2 34.0 29.0 33.2 41.8 34.7
200 18.6 20.8 10.7 25.4 26.3 23.7 29.2 29.2 25.8 36.3 37.2 31.4 36.3 45.6 37.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 18.2 20.2 9.3 22.9 24.1 16.8 25.9 26.4 21.7 33.9 32.7 28.7 36.5 39.5 35.6
80 19.5 21.6 11.1 24.6 25.7 18.9 27.8 28.2 23.9 36.4 34.9 30.8 39.2 42.2 37.6
100 20.3 22.4 12.1 25.6 26.6 20.1 28.8 29.2 25.1 37.8 36.1 31.9 40.7 43.7 38.7
150 22.2 24.3 13.9 28.0 29.0 23.0 31.6 31.8 28.3 41.4 39.3 34.8 44.6 47.6 41.4
200 24.1 26.3 13.9 30.4 31.3 26.0 34.3 34.3 31.4 45.0 42.5 37.7 48.5 51.4 44.2
250 26.0 28.2 13.9 32.8 33.6 28.4 37.0 36.9 34.5 48.5 45.6 40.6 52.3 55.2 47.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 31.9 34.8 12.9 37.0 40.3 18.8 41.3 45.0 23.9 53.0 57.7 35.8 62.7 68.3 44.0
100 35.0 38.4 15.5 40.5 44.5 21.6 45.3 49.7 26.9 58.1 63.1 39.0 68.6 75.3 47.0
150 38.4 42.5 18.5 44.4 49.2 24.8 49.6 54.9 30.2 63.7 69.1 42.6 75.3 83.3 50.4
200 41.7 46.5 19.4 48.4 53.9 28.0 54.0 59.8 33.6 69.3 75.0 46.1 81.9 91.3 53.7
250 45.1 50.5 19.4 52.3 58.4 30.5 58.3 64.5 37.0 74.9 81.0 49.7 88.5 99.1 57.1
300 48.4 54.6 19.4 56.1 62.7 30.5 62.7 69.2 40.3 80.4 86.9 53.2 95.1 106.4 60.5
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 113
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
65 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 41.0 49.7 18.3 48.1 56.3 27.7 59.2 66.4 43.0 71.3 77.3 54.8 83.2 88.9 64.1
100 43.0 52.1 20.7 50.5 59.0 30.4 62.1 69.6 46.0 74.8 81.0 57.7 87.3 93.2 66.9
150 45.9 55.5 24.2 53.9 62.9 34.2 66.3 74.2 50.1 79.8 86.3 61.8 93.2 99.3 70.8
200 48.8 58.9 27.4 57.3 66.8 38.0 70.5 78.8 54.3 84.9 91.6 66.0 99.1 105.4 74.8
250 51.8 62.3 27.4 60.8 70.6 41.8 74.7 83.3 58.5 90.0 96.9 70.1 105.0 111.5 78.7
300 54.6 65.7 27.4 64.1 74.5 45.6 78.9 87.9 62.7 95.0 102.2 74.2 110.8 117.6 82.6
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 57.3 69.9 28.9 73.1 83.0 48.1 87.6 94.7 65.9 103.3 107.0 76.2 105.4 120.0 86.4
150 61.7 74.6 33.8 78.7 88.6 53.4 94.3 101.0 71.6 111.1 114.2 81.7 113.4 128.1 91.7
200 65.3 78.5 37.8 83.3 93.2 57.8 99.8 106.3 76.4 117.7 120.1 86.2 120.0 134.8 96.1
250 68.9 82.4 41.8 87.9 97.8 62.3 105.4 111.6 81.2 124.2 126.1 90.7 126.7 141.5 100.4
300 72.5 86.3 43.4 92.5 102.5 66.7 110.9 116.9 86.0 130.7 132.1 95.3 133.3 148.2 104.8
350 76.1 90.2 43.4 97.1 107.1 71.2 116.3 122.1 90.7 137.1 138.1 99.8 139.9 154.9 109.2
page 114 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 18.7 17.8 14.2 24.7 22.0 20.0 28.0 24.2 22.4 34.2 30.3 28.4 34.2 36.7 34.3
80 23.7 22.2 17.8 30.4 27.0 26.8 34.2 29.6 29.1 41.2 36.5 35.0 41.2 43.8 40.8
100 26.3 24.6 19.6 33.6 29.8 30.1 37.5 32.5 32.4 44.9 39.8 38.2 44.9 47.5 44.0
150 33.5 31.1 21.4 41.9 37.1 38.2 46.4 40.2 40.5 54.9 48.7 46.2 54.9 57.6 51.9
200 41.2 38.4 21.4 50.8 45.2 46.1 56.0 48.8 48.4 65.6 58.5 54.0 65.6 68.6 59.6
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 25.0 23.4 18.6 30.7 27.5 25.2 34.3 29.9 28.0 43.9 36.5 35.0 47.0 43.6 41.8
80 29.9 27.7 22.2 36.2 32.2 32.1 40.0 34.9 34.8 50.6 42.1 41.6 54.0 50.0 48.3
100 32.8 30.3 24.2 39.5 35.1 36.0 43.6 37.9 38.7 54.7 45.5 45.4 58.2 53.8 52.0
150 40.8 37.5 27.8 48.4 42.7 45.4 53.0 46.0 48.0 65.5 54.6 54.6 69.6 63.9 61.1
200 49.4 45.0 27.8 58.0 51.1 52.0 63.2 54.8 57.2 77.2 64.5 63.7 81.7 75.0 70.1
250 58.6 53.3 27.8 68.2 60.2 56.8 74.0 64.3 66.2 89.6 75.2 72.6 94.6 86.9 79.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 41.5 42.6 25.8 47.2 48.6 33.4 52.1 53.6 36.7 65.3 66.4 44.8 76.1 78.2 52.8
100 51.7 54.3 31.0 58.3 61.0 43.2 63.8 66.2 47.0 78.7 80.4 54.9 90.9 95.5 62.8
150 64.3 67.8 37.0 71.8 75.1 49.6 78.2 81.2 58.2 95.2 97.4 65.9 109.0 115.1 73.6
200 78.1 82.5 38.8 86.7 90.8 56.0 93.9 97.7 67.2 113.2 116.1 76.7 128.8 136.1 84.3
250 93.2 98.5 38.8 102.9 107.8 61.0 111.0 115.7 74.0 132.6 136.4 87.3 150.1 158.8 94.8
300 109.5 115.9 38.8 120.3 126.5 61.0 129.3 135.2 80.6 153.5 158.3 97.8 172.9 183.3 105.2
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 115
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
65 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 56.4 57.8 36.6 65.0 64.8 48.0 78.4 75.4 57.6 92.9 86.7 66.9 107.1 98.8 76.1
100 63.4 65.2 41.4 72.9 72.7 57.7 87.1 84.1 66.9 102.5 96.2 76.0 117.6 109.2 85.0
150 74.9 76.5 48.4 85.0 84.7 68.4 100.5 97.3 79.8 117.3 110.7 88.7 133.7 124.9 97.6
200 86.8 88.6 54.8 97.9 97.7 76.0 114.8 111.4 92.4 133.1 126.1 101.2 150.8 141.6 109.9
250 99.5 101.6 54.8 111.5 111.5 83.6 129.9 126.5 104.8 149.6 142.4 113.5 168.8 159.4 122.1
300 112.8 115.4 54.8 125.9 126.2 91.2 145.7 142.6 117.0 167.0 159.9 125.6 187.5 178.2 134.2
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 82.8 82.7 57.8 102.4 96.5 74.2 120.3 108.8 84.4 139.5 121.8 94.6 142.1 135.4 104.6
150 98.9 97.3 67.6 120.5 112.6 91.7 140.1 126.1 101.6 161.1 140.4 111.5 163.9 155.4 121.4
200 113.1 110.4 75.6 136.5 126.9 105.9 157.7 141.5 115.7 180.3 157.0 125.4 183.3 173.1 135.1
250 128.2 124.2 83.6 153.4 142.1 119.8 176.1 157.8 129.5 200.0 174.4 139.1 203.6 191.8 148.7
300 143.9 138.9 86.8 171.0 158.0 133.5 195.4 175.0 143.1 221.3 192.8 152.6 224.7 211.4 162.1
350 160.3 154.3 86.8 189.2 174.9 142.4 215.2 193.0 156.5 242.9 212.1 166.0 246.5 232.0 175.4
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 116 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HIS-N [N/mm] 490 490 460 460 460
Screw 8.8 [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800
HIS-RN [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700
Screw A4-70 [N/mm] 700 700 700 700 700
Yield strength f
yk
HIS-N [N/mm] 410 410 375 375 375
Screw 8.8 [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 640
HIS-RN [N/mm] 350 350 350 350 350
Screw A4-70 [N/mm] 450 450 450 450 450
Stressed cross-section A
s
HIS-(R)N [mm] 51.5 108.0 169.1 256.1 237.6
Screw [mm] 36.6 58 84.3 157 245
Section modulus Z
HIS-(R)N [mm] 145 430 840 1595 1543
Screw [mm] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541
Material quality
Part Material
Internal threaded sleeve
a)

HIS-N
C-steel 1.0718, EN 10277-3
Steel galvanized 5m EN ISO 4042
Internal threaded sleeve
b)

HIS-RN
Stainless steel 1.4401 EN 10088
a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.8 EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
steel galvanized 5m EN ISO 4042
b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
stainless steel 1.4401; 1.4404; 1.4578; 1.4571; 1.4439; 1.4362 EN 10088
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 TE 70
Other tools blow out pump or compressed air gun, setting tools
May 2011 page 117
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Setting instructions
a) Note: Manual cleaning for HIS-(R)N M8 and HIS-(R)N M10 only!
b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation!
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
page 118 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 14 18 22 28 32
Diameter of element
d [mm] 12,5 16,5 20,5 25,4 27,6
Effective anchorage and drill hole depth
h
ef
[mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 120 150 170 230 270
Diameter of clearance hole in the xture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22
Thread engagement length; min - max
h
s
[mm] 8-20 10-25 12-30 16-40 20-50
Torque moment
a)
T
max
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90
a) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or
edge distance.
Setting details
Working time, curing time
Temperature of the base material T
BM
Working time t
gel
Curing time t
cure
-10 C T
BM
< -5 C 180 min 12 h
-5 C T
BM
< 0 C 40 min 4 h
0 C T
BM
< 5 C 20 min 2 h
5 C T
BM
< 20 C 8 min 1 h
20 C T
BM
< 30 C 5 min 30 min
30 C T
BM
40 C 2 min 30 min
May 2011 page 119
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
page 120 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Injection Mortar System
Hilti anchor
design
software
Concrete
Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry
Benefits
chemical injection fastening
for all type of base materials:
hollow and solid
clay bricks, sand-lime bricks,
normal and light weight concrete
blocks, aerated light weight
concrete, natural stones
two-component hybrid mortar
rapid curing
versatile and convenient handling
flexible setting depth and
fastening thickness
small edge distance and anchor
spacing
mortar filling control with
HIT-SC sleeves
suitable for overhead fastenings
in-service temperatures:
short time: max.120C
long term: max 72C
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
Allgemeine bauaufsichtliche Zulassung
(national German approval)
DIBt, Berlin Z-21.3-1830 / 2009-01-20
Fiche technique SOCOTEC SOCOTEC, Paris YX 0047 08.2006
Fire test report MFPA, Leipzig PB III/B-07-157 / 2007-06-04
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Variable
embedment
depth
Autoclaved
aerated
concrete
Hollow
brick
Solid
brick
Fire
rated
Hilti HIT-HY 70
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack)
HIT-AC, HIT-ACR rod
HIT-IC internal threaded
sleeve
HIS-RN sleeve
HIT-SC composite sleeve
Mixer
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
May 2011 page 121
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Recommended loads
a)
F
rec
for brick breakout and pull out in [kN]
Hollow masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-SC and HIT-AC / HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E HIT-IG / HIT-IC
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Base material
Setting
depth
[mm]
HIT-SC
12x
HIT-SC
16x
HIT-SC
16x
HIT-SC
18x
HIT-SC
22x
HIT-SC
16x
HIT-SC
18x
c)
HIT-SC
22x
HIT-SC
22x
Fire light brick Scoria Blend
f
uc

b)
4 N/mm
L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 119


(Shell thickness 19 mm)
Australia
50
Nrec [kN] 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 - - - -
Vrec [kN] 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 - -
80 Nrec [kN] 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Vrec
[kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
1.25 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges 1.25 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.0
Hollow Block
f
uc

b)
10 N/mm
L x H x B [mm] 390 x 190 x 190


(Shell thickness 30 mm)
Australia
50
Nrec [kN] 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 - - - -
Vrec [kN] 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 - - - -
80 Nrec [kN] 0.6 0.9 0.9 1.7 1.7 0.9 1.7 1.7 1.7
Vrec
[kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
1.25 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges 1.25 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.0
Clay common (Standard)
f
uc

b)
20 N/mm
L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76


(Shell thickness 20 mm)
Australia
50
Nrec [kN] 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - - -
Vrec [kN] 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 - - - -
80 Nrec [kN] 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Vrec
[kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges 2.0 3.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor
global
=3.0: F
rec
= F
Rk
/
global
b) f
uc
= unconned compressive strength
c) HIT-SC 18x with HIT-IC M10 only! HIT-IG M10 elements do not t.
Basic loading data for single anchor in masonry units
All data in this section applies to
Load values valid for holes drilled with TE rotary hammers in hammering mode
Correct anchor setting (see instruction for use, setting details)
Steel quality of fastening elements: see data below
Steel quality for screws for HIT-IG, HIT-IC and HIS-N: min. grade 5.8 / HIS-RN: A4-70
Threaded rods of appropriate size (diameter and length) and a minimum steel quality of 5.8 can be used
Base material temperature during installation and curing must be between -5C through +40C
page 122 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Recommended loads
a)
F
rec
for brick breakout and pull out in [kN]
Solid masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-AC / HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E HIT-IG / HIT-IC
Anchor size
M6 M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Base material
Setting
depth
[mm]
Clay common (Dry pressed)
f
uc

b)
14 N/mm
L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76

Australia
80 Nrec [kN] - 2.5 3.0 4.0 2.5 3.0 4.0
Vrec [kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
- 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges - 3.5 5.5 7.5 3.5 5.5 7.5
a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor
global
=3.0: F
rec
= F
Rk
/
global
b) f
uc
= unconned compressive strength
May 2011 page 123
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Design
Inuence of joints:
If the joints of the masonry are not visible the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor
j
= 0.75.
If the joints of the masonry are visible (e.g. unplastered wall) following has to be taken into account:
The recommended load Nrec may be used only, if the wall is designed such that the joints are to be lled with mortar.
If the wall is designed such that the joints are not to be lled with mortar then the recommended load N
rec
may be used
only, if the minimum edge distance c
min
to the vertical joints is observed. If this minimum edge distance c
min
can not be
observed then the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor
j
= 0.75.
The decisive resistance to tension loads is the lower value of N
rec
(brick breakout, pull out) and N
max,pb

(pull out of one brick).
Pull out of one brick:
The allowable load of an anchor or a group of anchors in case of pull out of one brick, N
max,pb
[kN], is given in the
following tables:
For all applications outside of the above mentioned base materials and / or setting conditions site tests have to be
made for the determination of load values.
N
max,pb
= resistance for pull out of one brick
l
brick
= length of the brick
b
brick
= breadth of the brick
Clay bricks:
N
max,pb
[kN]
brick breadth b
brick
[mm]
80 120 200 240 300 360
brick
length
l
brick

[mm]
240 1.1 1.6 2.7 3.3 4.1 4.9
300 1.4 2.1 3.4 4.1 5.1 6.2
500 2.3 3.4 5.7 6.9 8.6 10.3
All other brick types:
N
max,pb
[kN]
brick breadth b
brick
[mm]
80 120 200 240 300 360
brick
length
l
brick

[mm]
240 0.8 1.2 2.1 2.5 3.1 3.7
300 1.0 1.5 2.6 3.1 3.9 4.6
500 1.7 2.6 4.3 5.1 6.4 7.7
page 124 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Materials
Material quality HAS
Part Material
Threaded rod
HAS-(E), HAS-(E)-(F)
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod
HAS-(E)R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70,EN ISO 3506-
1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Washer
ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042;
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
Nut
EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2
steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Material quality HIT-A
Part Material
HIT-AC rod Carbon steel grade 5.8; galvanized to min. 5 m
HIT-ACR rod Stainless steel, grade A4-70; 1.4401
HIT-AN rod Carbon steel grade 3.6; galvanized to min. 5 m
Material quality sleeves
Part Material
HIT-IG sleeve Carbon steel 1.0718; galvanized to min. 5 m
HIT-IC sleeve Carbon steel; galvanized to min. 5 m
HIT-SC sleeve PA/PP
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12
Rotary hammer TE2 TE16
Other tools blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
May 2011 page 125
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting instructions in solid base materials
page 126 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in solid base materials
Setting details HIT-AC, HIT-V, HIT-V, HAS-E, HAS-E-F, HAS-E-R
Anchor size
HIT-AC, HIT-V HIT-V, HAS-E, HAS-E-F, HAS-E-R
c)
M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12 M16
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 10 12 14 18
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 80 80 80 80 90 110 125
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 85 85 85 85 95 115 130
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 110 110 110 110 120 140 170
Diameter of clearance hole in the xture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 9 12 14 18
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment
T
inst
[Nm] 5 8 10 5 8 10 10
Filling volume [ml] 4 5 7 4 6 10 15
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick, in the middle of the brick face.
c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth.
May 2011 page 127
Hilti HIT-HY 70
HIT-IG, HIT-IC HIS-N/RN
Setting details HIT-IG, HIT-IC
Anchor size
HIT-IG HIT-IC HIS-N/RN
c)
M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 14 18 18 14 16 18 14 18 22
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 110 125
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 85 85 85 85 85 85 95 115 130
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 110 110 110 110 110 110 120 150 170
Diameter of clearance hole in the xture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 9 12 14 9 12 14
Length of bolt engagement
h
s
[mm] min. 10 max. 75 min. 10 max. 75
min. 8
max.20
min. 10
max.25
min. 12
max.30
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 5 8 10 5 8 10 5 8 10
Filling volume [ml] 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 16
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick, in the middle of the brick face.
c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth.
page 128 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting instruction in hollow base material using 330 ml foil pack
May 2011 page 129
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials
HAS-E / HIT-AC with HIT-SC
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS-E
Setting details HIT-V / HAS-E / HIT-Awith sieve sleeve
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12
Sieve sleeve HIT SC 12x50 12x85 16x50 16x85 16x50 16x85 18x50 18x85 22x50 22x85
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 12 12 16 16 16 16 18 18 22 22
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 50 80 50 80 50 80 50 80 50 80
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 60 95 60 95 60 95 60 95 60 95
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110
Diameter of clearance hole in the xture
d
f
[mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 3 3 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6
Filling volume [ml] 12 24 18 30 18 30 18 36 30 55
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per
cavity in the middle of each cavity face.
page 130 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials
HIT-IG / HIT-IC with HIT-SC
HIT-IG / HIT-IC
Setting details HIT-IG / HIT-IC with sieve sleeve
Anchor size
HIT-IG HIT-IC
M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Sieve sleeve HIT SC 16x85 22x85 22x85 16x85 18x85 22x85
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 16 22 22 16 18 22
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 80 80 80 80 80 80
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 95 95 95 95 95 95
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 110 110 110 110 110 110
Diameter of clearance hole in the xture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 9 12 14
Length of bolt engagement
h
s
[mm] min. 10 max. 75 min. 10 max. 75
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 3 4 6 3 4 6
Filling volume [ml] 30 45 45 30 36 45
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per
cavity in the middle of each cavity face.
May 2011 page 131
Hilti HIT-HY 70
page 132 May 2011
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
Chemical anchor components & accessories
1. Dispensing Systems
Manual Dispenser: MD 2000 / 2500
Battery Dispenser: ED 3500
Pnuematic Dispenser: HIT P-8000D
Benefits
Hard plastic, light weight
330ml or 500ml tubes
Can achieve embedment up to
1.0m deep dependant on hole
diameter
Benefits
Hard plastic, light weight.
Lithium Ion Batteries
Can dispense up to 70 x 500ml
tubes per battery charge
Can achieve emblements up to
1.8m deep dependant on hole
diameter
Benefits
Ideal for repetitive / deep
embedment holes.
1400ml tubes, large volume
capacity
Dosage control
Can achieve emblements up to
3.2m deep dependant on hole
diameter
Requires air compressor
MD 2000 / 2500
dispenser
ED 3500-A
dispenser
HIT P-8000D
pnuematic dispenser
May 2011 page 133
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
2. Piston Plug & Cleaning Accessories
3. Overhead accessories for HIT chemical injection
Piston Plug
Wedge HIT-OHW
Extension Hose
Drip Guard HIT-OHC
Piston Plug + Extension Hose + Cleaning + Dispenser + HIT Injection Mortar = SOLUTION
Inject mortar carefully from the bottom of the hole
without air bubbles
Hole
dia.
HAS-E or
HIT-V
HIS-N Rebar HIT-SZ Piston Plug HIT-RB Cleaning Brush
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Item No. Item No.
10 8 - - 10 380917
12 10 8 8/12 335022 8/12 336548
14 12 8 10 10/14 335023 10/14 336549
16 12 12/16 335024 12/16 336550
18 16 10 14/18 335025 14/18 336551
20 16 16/20 335026 16/20 336552
22 12 - - 18/22 370774
24 20 - - 24 380918
25 20 20/25 335027 20/25 336553
28 24 16 - - 28 380919
30 30 380925 30 380920
32 20 24 25/32 335028 25/32 336554
35 30 28 35 380926 35 380921
37 30 - - 37 382259
40 36 40 380927 40 382260
42 32 42 380928 42 382261
45 39 36 45 380929 45 382262
47 47 380930 - -
52 40 - - - -
387550 Wedge HIT-OHW
387551 Drip Guard HIT-OHC1
387552 Drip Guard HIT OHC2
page 134 May 2011
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
Max.
fastenable
height +
anchorage
depth
Typical
embed-
ment
depth
(mm)
Rod
length
(mm)
Drill bit
dia.
(mm)
Package
contents
(pcs)
Ordering
designation
Item
no.
65 80 80 10 20 HIT-V M8 80 387054
95 80 110 10 20 HIT-V M8 110 387055
135 80 150 10 20 HIT-V M8 150** 387056
78 90 95 12 10 HIT-V M10 95 387057
98 90 115 12 10 HIT-V M10 115 387146
113 90 130 12 10 HIT-V M10 130 387058
173 90 190 12 10 HIT-V M10 190** 387059
91 110 110 14 10 HIT-V M12 110 387060
101 110 120 14 10 HIT-V M12 120 387147
131 110 150 14 10 HIT-V M12 150 387061
201 110 220 14 10 HIT-V M12 220** 387062
261 110 280 14 10 HIT-V M12 280** 387063
127 125 150 18 5 HIT-V M16 150 387064
177 125 200 18 5 HIT-V M16 200 387065
277 125 300 18 5 HIT-V M16 300 387066
357 125 380 18 5 HIT-V M16 380** 387067
153 170 180 24 10 HIT-V M20 180 387068
233 170 260 24 10 HIT-V M20 260 387069
353 170 380 24 10 HIT-V M20 380 387070
453 170 480 24 10 HIT-V M20 480 387071
268 210 300 28 5 HIT-V M24 300 387072
418 210 450 28 5 HIT-V M24 450 387073
* Depending on the type of HIT injectable mortar used
** 8.8 grade steel
Max.
fastenable
height +
anchorage
depth
Typical
embed-
ment
depth
(mm)
Rod
length
(mm)
Drill bit
dia.
(mm)
Package
contents
(pcs)
Ordering
designation
Item
no.
65 80 80 10 20 HIT-V-R M8 80 387074
95 80 110 10 20 HIT-V-R M8 110 387075
135 80 150 10 20 HIT-V-R M8 150 387076
78 90 95 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 95 387077
98 90 115 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 115 387148
113 90 130 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 130 387078
173 90 190 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 190 387079
91 110 110 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 110 387080
101 110 120 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 120 387149
131 110 150 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 150 387081
201 110 220 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 220 387082
261 110 280 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 280 387083
127 125 150 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 150 387084
177 125 200 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 200 387085
277 125 300 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 300 387086
357 125 380 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 380 387087
153 170 180 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 180 387150
233 170 260 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 260 387088
353 170 380 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 380 387089
453 170 480 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 480 387151
268 210 300 28 5 HIT-V-R M24 300 387152
418 210 450 28 5 HIT-V-R M24 450 387153
HIT-V threaded anchor rod
A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable
mortars, enabling exible embedment depth.
HIT-V-F threaded anchor rod
Universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars, enabling flexible embedment depth.
Hot dip-galvanized version (complete with nut and washer), 5.8 grade steel.
Available in same sizes and steel strength grade as HIT-V (zinc plated).
HIT-V threaded anchor rod
A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars,
enabling flexible embedment depth. Zinc plated version
(complete with nut and washer), 5.8 grade steel.
HIT-VR threaded anchor rod
A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars,
enabling flexible embedment depth. Stainless steel version
(complete with nut and washer), A4-70 grade steel.
CE
conformity
HIT-HY 150 MAX ETA-08/0352
HIT-RE 500 ETA-04/0027
HIT-RE 500-SD ETA-07/0260
4. Threaded Anchor Rods and Internally Threaded Sleeves
May 2011 page 135
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
Item
no.
Ordering
designation
Anchor
length
Hole
dia.
Hole
depth
Max Fasten.
Thickness
Tighten
Torque
(Nm)
Package
contents
Steel (Grade 5.8, fuk = 500 MPa) zinc plated to min. 5 microns
332219 HAS-E M8 x 80/14 106mm 10mm 80mm 14mm 15 20
332220 HAS-E M10 x 90/21 125mm 12mm 90mm 21mm 30 20
332221 HAS-E M12 x 110/28 153mm 14mm 110mm 28mm 50 20
332222 HAS-E M16 x 125/38 182mm 18mm 125mm 38mm 100 20
332223 HAS-E M20 x 170/48 240mm 24mm 170mm 48mm 160 10
332224 HAS-E M24 x 210/54 290mm 28mm 210mm 54mm 240 10
Steel (Grade 5.8, fuk = 500 MPa) hot dipped galvanised to min. 40 microns
333143 HAS-E-F M8 x 80/14 106mm 10mm 80mm 14mm 15 20
333145 HAS-E-F M10 x 90/21 125mm 12mm 90mm 21mm 30 20
333148 HAS-E-F M12 x 110/28 153mm 14mm 110mm 28mm 50 20
333153 HAS-E-F M16 x 125/38 182mm 18mm 125mm 38mm 100 20
333158 HAS-E-F M20 x 170/48 240mm 24mm 170mm 48mm 160 10
333163 HAS-E-F M24 x 210/54 290mm 28mm 210mm 54mm 240 10
333165 HAS-E-F M30 x 270/70 (grade 8.8) 380mm 35mm 270mm 70mm 300 4
333167 HAS-E-F M36 x 330/90 (grade 8.8) 460mm 40mm 330mm 90mm 360 2
Stainless steel (316 grade, fuk = 700 MPa)
333119 HAS-E-R M8 x 80/14 106mm 10mm 80mm 14mm 15 20
333122 HAS-E-R M10 x 90/21 125mm 12mm 90mm 21mm 30 20
333126 HAS-E-R M12 x 110/28 153mm 14mm 110mm 28mm 50 20
333131 HAS-E-R M16 x 125/38 182mm 18mm 125mm 38mm 100 20
333135 HAS-E-R M20 x 170/48 240mm 24mm 170mm 48mm 160 10
333137 HAS-E-R M24 x 210/54 290mm 28mm 210mm 54mm 240 10
Other sizes available on request and subject to lead time
Item
no.
Ordering
designation
Hole
dia.
Hole
depth
Max Fasten.
Thickness
Tighten
Torque
(Nm)
Package
contents
Steel (fuk = 460 - 490 MPa) zinc plated to min. 5 microns
258015 HIS-N M8 x 90 (for HVU M10) 14mm 95mm 20mm 15 10
258016 HIS-N M10 x 110 (For HVU M12) 18mm 115mm 25mm 28 10
258017 HIS-N M12 x 125 (For HVU M16) 22mm 130mm 30mm 50 5
258018 HIS-N M16 x 170 (For HVU M20) 28mm 175mm 40mm 85 5
258019 HIS-N M20 x 205 (For HVU M24) 32mm 210mm 50mm 170 5
Stainless steel (316 grade, fuk = 700 MPa)
258024 HIS-RN M8 x 90 (HVU M10) 14mm 95mm 20mm 12 10
258025 HIS-RN M10 x 110 (HVU M12) 18mm 115mm 25mm 23 10
258026 HIS-RN M12 x 125 (HVU M16) 22mm 130mm 30mm 40 5
258027 HIS-RN M16 x 170 (HVU M20) 28mm 175mm 40mm 70 5
258028 HIS-RN M20 x 205 (HVU M24) 32mm 210mm 50mm 130 5
With external end drive
HAS-E anchor rod, complete with
hexagon nut & washer
External end drive for quicker installation.
HIS-N internally threaded sleeve
with cover cap
page 136 May 2011
May 2011 page 137
Mechanical anchoring systems.
Heavy duty anchors l Medium duty anchors
page 138 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-99/0009 / 2008-03-25
ICC-ES report ICC evaluation service ESR 1546 / 2008-03-01
Shockproof fastenings in civil defence
installations
Bundesamt fr Zivilschutz, Bern BZS D 04-221 / 2004-09-02
Nuclear power plants DIBt, Berlin Z-21.1-1696 / 2008-09-01
Dynamic loads DIBt, Berlin Z-21.1-1693 / 2007-05-25
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3039/8151-CM / 2001-01-31
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA 99/0009 issue 2008-03-05.
HDA design anchor
Anchor version
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock Fatigue Seismic
ICC
Benefits
suitable for non-cracked and
cracked concrete C 20/25 to
C 50/60
mechanical interlock (undercut)
low expansion force (thus small
edge distance / spacing)
automatic undercutting (without
special undercutting tool)
high loading capacity,
performance of a headed stud
complete system (anchor, stop
drill bit, setting tool, drill hammer)
setting mark on anchor for control
(easy and safe)
completely removable
test reports: fire resistance,
fatigue, shock, seismic
HDA-P
HDA-PR
HDA-PF
Anchor for
presetting
HDA-T
HDA-TR
HDA-TF
Anchor for
through-fasting
Hilti anchor
design
software
Nuclear
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Small edge
distance
& spacing
Performance
of a headed
stud
May 2011 page 139
HDA design anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
N
Rd,s
HDA-P(F), HDA-T(F) [kN] 30.7 44.7 84.0 128.0
HDA-PR, HDA-TR [kN] 28.8 41.9 78.8 Not available
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 140 May 2011
HDA design anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
V
Rd,s
HDA-P, HDA-PF [kN] 17.6 24.0 49.6 73.6
HDA-PR [kN] 17.3 25.6 47.4 Not available
HDA-T, HDA-TF 43.3 53.3 93.3 136.7
HDA-TR 53.4 65.4 114.3 Not available
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 141
HDA design anchor
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
h = h
min
[mm] Refer to Setting detail
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge or spacing inuence
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
Tensile N
Rd,s
HDA-P/T [kN]
Steel faiure governs
refer to steel resistance tables
Shear V
Rd,s
HDA-P/T [kN]
page 142 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
h=hmin
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
80 120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 43.2 19.1 55.4 29.3 65.5 33.8 65.5 41.1 65.5 48.4 65.5 62.7
150 48.6 21.9 62.3 32.5 73.7 36.8 73.7 44.0 73.7 51.2 73.7 65.5
200 54.0 24.7 69.3 35.7 81.9 39.9 81.9 47.0 81.9 54.0 81.9 68.2
250 59.4 27.0 76.2 38.8 90.0 42.9 90.0 49.9 90.0 56.9 90.0 70.9
300 64.8 27.0 83.1 42.0 98.2 46.0 98.2 52.8 98.2 59.7 98.2 73.6
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300 400
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 60.2 27.2 77.2 39.2 91.5 47.0 91.5 54.8 91.5 62.6 91.5 77.8
150 63.2 28.8 81.0 40.9 96.1 48.7 96.1 56.4 96.1 64.1 96.1 79.3
200 69.2 32.0 88.7 44.3 105.2 51.9 105.2 59.5 105.2 67.1 105.2 82.2
250 75.2 35.2 96.4 47.7 114.4 55.1 114.4 62.6 114.4 70.2 114.4 85.2
350 87.3 38.4 111.9 54.5 132.7 61.6 132.7 68.9 132.7 76.3 132.7 91.0
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 400 500
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
190 112.3 50.1 132.8 64.0 155.0 73.2 171.4 82.5 171.4 100.7 171.4 118.8
250 121.1 54.8 143.3 68.9 167.2 77.9 185.0 87.0 185.0 105.0 185.0 123.0
300 128.5 58.7 152.0 73.0 177.4 81.8 196.3 90.8 196.3 108.7 196.3 126.5
350 135.9 62.6 160.8 77.0 187.6 85.7 207.6 94.6 207.6 112.3 207.6 130.0
450 150.7 70.4 178.3 85.1 208.0 93.5 230.1 102.1 230.1 119.5 230.1 137.0
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
200 250 300 400 500 600
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
250 170.6 78.9 194.1 95.7 218.9 106.3 258.7 127.4 258.7 148.5 258.7 169.3
300 179.2 83.5 203.8 100.5 229.8 110.9 271.7 131.9 271.7 152.7 271.7 173.4
350 187.7 88.1 213.5 105.3 240.8 115.5 284.6 136.2 284.6 157.0 284.6 177.6
450 204.7 97.4 232.9 114.8 262.7 124.8 310.5 145.0 310.5 165.4 310.5 185.8
550 221.8 106.7 252.3 124.4 284.6 134.0 336.4 153.8 336.4 173.9 336.4 194.1
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 143
HDA design anchor
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
80 120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 62.0 38.2 75.9 44.0 87.3 48.3 87.3 55.5 87.3 62.7 87.3 76.9
150 80.2 43.8 96.9 54.1 110.5 58.3 110.5 65.4 110.5 72.5 110.5 86.5
200 100.9 49.4 120.5 63.9 136.4 68.2 136.4 75.2 136.4 82.2 136.4 96.1
250 123.9 54.0 146.7 73.7 165.0 77.9 165.0 84.8 165.0 91.7 165.0 105.5
300 149.2 54.0 175.4 83.3 196.4 87.5 196.4 94.4 196.4 101.3 196.4 115.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300 400
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 86.4 50.9 105.7 58.7 122.0 66.4 122.0 74.0 122.0 81.6 122.0 96.7
150 96.2 56.4 117.0 64.1 134.5 71.7 134.5 79.3 134.5 86.8 134.5 101.8
200 117.3 64.0 141.3 74.7 161.3 82.2 161.3 89.7 161.3 97.2 161.3 112.1
250 140.6 70.4 167.8 85.2 190.6 92.6 190.6 100.1 190.6 107.5 190.6 122.2
350 193.5 76.8 227.8 105.8 256.4 113.1 256.4 120.4 256.4 127.8 256.4 142.3
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 400 500
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
190 161.3 89.8 184.9 98.9 210.0 107.9 228.6 117.0 228.6 134.8 228.6 152.6
250 190.7 105.0 217.2 114.0 245.4 123.0 266.1 131.9 266.1 149.6 266.1 167.2
300 217.1 117.4 246.1 126.5 276.9 135.3 299.5 144.2 299.5 161.8 299.5 179.3
350 245.2 125.2 276.8 138.8 310.3 147.6 335.0 156.4 335.0 173.9 335.0 191.3
450 306.5 140.8 343.6 163.2 383.0 171.9 411.7 180.6 411.7 197.9 411.7 215.1
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
200 250 300 400 500 600
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
250 244.8 138.0 271.7 148.5 300.0 158.9 345.0 179.7 345.0 200.3 345.0 220.8
300 272.6 152.7 301.6 163.1 332.0 173.4 380.3 194.0 380.3 214.5 380.3 234.9
350 301.9 167.3 333.0 177.6 365.6 187.8 417.4 208.3 417.4 228.6 417.4 248.9
450 365.0 194.8 400.5 206.2 437.8 216.3 496.8 236.5 496.8 256.7 496.8 276.7
550 433.9 213.4 474.3 234.4 516.4 244.4 583.0 264.4 583.0 284.4 583.0 304.3
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 144 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HDA
Anchor size
HDA-P(F) / HDA-T(F) HDA-PR / HDA-TR
M10 M12 M16 M20 M10 M12 M16
Anchor bolt
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
Yield strength fyk [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 600 600 600
Stressed cross-section As [mm] 58,0 84,3 157 245 58,0 84,3 157
Section modulus Z [mm] 62,3 109,2 277,5 540,9 62,3 109,2 277,5
Characteristic bending resistance
without sleeve M
0
Rk,s [Nm]
60 105 266 519 60 105 266
Anchor sleeve
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm] 850 850 700 550 850 850 700
Yield strength fyk [N/mm] 600 600 600 450 600 600 600
a) HDA M20: only a galvanized 5m version is available
b) The recommended bending moment of the HDA anchor bolt may be calculated from Mrec = MRd,s / F = MRk,s / (Ms . F)
= (1,2 . Wel . fuk) / (Ms . F) , where the partial safety factor for bolts of grade 8.8 is MS = 1,25, for A4-80 equal to 1,33 and
the partial safety factor for action may be taken as F = 1,4. In case of HDA-T/TR/TF the bending capacity of the sleeve is
neglected, only the capacity of the bolt is taken into account.
Material quality
Part Material
HDA-P / HDA-T (Carbon steel version)
Sleeve:
Bolt M10 - M16:
Bolt M20:
Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips, galvanised to min. 5 m
Cold formed steel, grade 8.8, galvanised to min. 5 m
Cone machined, rod grade 8.8, galvanised to min. 5 m
HDA-PR / HDA-TR (Stainless steel version)
Sleeve:
Bolt M10 - M16:
Machined stainless steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips
Cone/rod: machined stainless steel
HDA-PF / HDA-TF (Sherardized version)
Sleeve:
Bolt M10 - M16:
Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips, shearadized
Cold formed steel, grade 8.8, shearadized
Anchor dimensions
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF
HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
May 2011 page 145
HDA design anchor
Dimensions of HDA
Anchor size
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
M10 M12 M16 M20
x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100
Length code letter I L N R S V X
Total length of bolt l
B
[mm] 150 190 210 275 295 360 410
Diameter of bolt d
B
[mm] 10 12 16 20
Total length of sleeve:
- HDA-P l
s
[mm] 100 125 125 190 190 250 250
- HDA-T l
s
[mm] 120 155 175 230 250 300 350
Max. diameter of sleeve d
s

[mm] 19 21 29 35
Washer diameter d
w

[mm] 27,5 33,5 45,5 50
Width across ats S
w

[mm] 17 19 24 30
Setting
Drilling
The stop drill is required for drilling in order to achieve the correct hole depth.
Anchor
Stop drill bit with TE-C
(SDS plus) connection end
Stop drill bit with TE-Y (SDS max)
connection end
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M10x100/20 TE-C-HDA-B 20*100 TE-Y-HDA-B 20*100
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M10x100/20 TE-C-HDA-B 20*120 TE-Y-HDA-B 20*120
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/30 TE-C HDA-B 22*125 TE-Y HDA-B 22*125
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/50
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/30 TE-C HDA-B 22*155 TE-Y HDA-B 22*155
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/50 TE-C HDA-B 22*175 TE-Y HDA-B 22*175
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/40
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/60
TE-Y HDA-B 30*190
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/40 TE-Y HDA-B 30*230
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/60 TE-Y HDA-B 30*250
HDA-P M20 *250/50
HDA-P M20 *250/100
TE-Y HDA-B 37*250
HDA-T M20*250/50 TE-Y HDA-B 37*300
HDA-T M20*250/100 TE-Y HDA-B 37*350
Setting
The setting system (tool and setting tool) is required for transferring the specic energy for the undercutting process.
Drilling Setting tool
page 146 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Setting HDA carbon steel version
Anchor
T
E

2
5

a
)


T
E

2
4

a
)
T
E

3
5
T
E

4
0

A
V
R


T
E

4
0
T
E

5
0
T
E

5
6

b
)


T
E

5
6
-
A
T
C

b
)
T
E

7
5

b
)
T
E

7
6
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
6

b
)
T
E

7
0
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
0

b
)
Setting tool
Technical data of
the required drilling
hammer
Single
impact
energy
[J]
Speed
under load
[1/min]
HDA-P/T20-M10*100/20
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 555
TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/30
HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/50
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3,5 - 4.9 250 - 555
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/40
HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/60
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/50
HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/100
TE-Y-HDA-ST 37 M20 8.3 - 11.0 280 - 360
Anchor
Setting of HDA-F sheradised
Anchor
T
E

2
5

a
)


T
E

2
4

a
)
T
E

3
5
T
E

4
0

A
V
R


T
E

4
0
T
E

5
0
T
E

5
6

b
)


T
E

5
6
-
A
T
C

b
)
T
E

7
5

b
)
T
E

7
6
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
6

b
)
T
E

7
0
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
0

b
)
Setting tool
Technical data of
the required drilling
hammer
Single
impact
energy
[J]
Speed
under load
[1/min]
HDA-PF/TF 20-M10*100/20 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
HDA-PF/TF 22 M12*125/30
HDA-PF/TF 22-M12*125/50
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/40
HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/60
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
a) 1st gear
b) max. impact energy
Anchor
Setting of HDA-R stainless steel
Anchor
T
E

2
5

a
)


T
E

2
4

a
)
T
E

3
5
T
E

4
0

A
V
R


T
E

4
0
T
E

5
0
T
E

5
6

b
)


T
E

5
6
-
A
T
C

b
)
T
E

7
5

b
)
T
E

7
6
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
6

b
)
T
E

7
0
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
0

b
)
Setting tool
Technical data of
the required drilling
hammer
Single
impact
energy
[J]
Speed
under load
[1/min]
HDA-PR/TR20-M10*100/20
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-PR/TR 22 M12*125/30
HDA-PR/TR 22-M12*125/50
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/40
HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/60
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
Anchor
May 2011 page 147
HDA design anchor
Setting instructions
HDA-P, HDA-PR, HDA-PF
HDA-T, HDA-TR, HDA-TF
page 148 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Setting details
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF
HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
May 2011 page 149
HDA design anchor
Anchor size
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
M10 M12 M16 M20
x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100
Head marking I L N R S V X
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 20 22 30 37
Cutting diameter of drill bit
d
cut,min
[mm] 20,10 22,10 30,10 37,15
d
cut,max
[mm] 20,55 22,55 30,55 37,70
Depth of drill hole
a)
h
1
[mm] 107 133 203 266
Anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 100 125 190 250
Sleeve recess
h
s,min

[mm] 2 2 2 2
h
s,max
[mm] 6 7 8 8
Torque moment
b)
T
inst
[Nm] 50 80 120 300
For HDA-P/-PF/-PR
Clearance hole d
f
[mm] 12 14 18 22
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 180 200 270 350
Fixture thickness
t
x,min

[mm] 0 0 0 0
t
x,max
[mm] 20 30 50 40 60 50 100
For HDA-T/-TF/-TR
Clearance hole d
f
[mm] 21 23 32 40
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 200-t
x
230-t
x
250-t
x
310-t
x
330-t
x
400-t
x
450-t
x
Min. xture thickness:
- Tension load only! t
x,min

[mm] 10 10 15 20 50
- Shear load - without use of
centering washer
t
x,min
b)
[mm] 15 15 20 25 50
- Shear load - with use of
centering washer
t
x,min
[mm] 10 10 15 20 -
Max. xture thickness t
x,max
[mm] 20 30 50 40 60 50 100
a) use specied stop drill bit
b) with use of centering washer a reduction of t
x,min
is possible for shear loading, details see ETA-99/0009
Setting parameters
Anchor size
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
M10 M12 M16 M20
x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 100 125 190 250
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 80 100 150 200
page 150 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-02/0042 / 2008-01-10
ICC-ES report ICC evaluation service ESR 1545 / 2005-08-01
Shockproof fastenings in civil
defence installations
Bundesamt fr
Bevlkerungsschutz, Bern
BZS D 08-601 / 2008-06-30
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3041/1663-CM / 2004-03-22
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0042, issue 2008-01-10.
HSL-3 heavy duty anchor
Anchor version Benefits
suitable for non-cracked and
cracked concrete C 20/25 to
C 50/60
high loading capacity
force-controlled expansion
reliable pull-down of the part
fastened
no rotation in hole when
tightening bolt
stainless steel version (HSL-G-R)
is available if required, subject to
lead time. For technical data,
please contact your local Hilti
Field Engineer
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock
HSL-G-R Stainless steel version
HSL-3-B Safety cap version
HSL-3 Bolt version
Fatigue Seismic
ICC
May 2011 page 151
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
N
Rd,s
HSL-3, HSL-3B [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.7 130.7 188.3
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 152 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
V
Rd,s
HSL-3, HSL-3B [kN] 24.9 39.4 57.4 80.9 113.5 141.9
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 153
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
h = h
min
[mm] 120 140 160 200 250 300
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge or spacing inuence
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Tensile N*
Rd,c
HSL-3, HSL-3-B [kN] 19.7 25.0 30.4 42.6 59.6 78.2
Shear V
Rd,s
HSL-3, HSL-3-B [kN] Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
Steel failure
page 154 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 125 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 - - - - 22.5 17.3 25.0 20.2 26.4 23.1 26.4 28.9 26.4 34.5
80 - - 20.6 15.9 24.0 18.2 26.7 21.1 28.6 24.0 28.6 29.7 28.6 35.4
100 18.6 12.7 21.9 16.9 25.6 19.2 28.4 22.0 30.8 24.9 30.8 30.6 30.8 36.2
125 20.0 13.8 23.6 18.1 27.5 20.4 30.6 23.2 33.6 26.0 33.6 31.7 33.6 37.3
150 21.4 14.9 25.2 19.4 29.4 21.6 32.7 24.4 36.3 27.2 36.3 32.8 36.3 38.4
200 24.2 16.3 28.6 21.8 33.3 24.0 37.0 26.7 39.6 29.4 39.6 35.0 39.6 40.5
250 25.8 16.3 30.5 23.8 35.6 26.3 39.6 29.0 39.6 31.7 39.6 37.1 39.6 42.6
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
70 100 125 150 175 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
70 - - 25.3 20.3 29.6 23.5 31.5 26.7 33.3 29.9 33.3 33.0 33.3 39.3
100 - - 27.5 21.9 32.2 25.1 34.2 28.2 36.9 31.4 36.9 34.5 36.9 40.8
125 - - 29.3 23.3 34.4 26.4 36.5 29.5 39.8 32.6 39.8 35.8 39.8 42.0
150 - - 31.2 24.6 36.6 27.7 38.8 30.8 42.8 33.9 42.8 37.0 42.8 43.2
175 26.7 19.5 33.0 26.0 38.7 29.0 41.2 32.1 45.8 35.2 45.8 38.2 45.8 44.4
200 28.2 20.8 34.9 27.4 40.9 30.3 43.5 33.4 48.7 36.4 48.7 39.5 48.7 45.6
250 31.2 21.3 38.6 30.1 45.3 33.0 48.1 35.9 49.9 38.9 49.9 41.9 49.9 48.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
80 125 150 175 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 - - - - - - 38.6 33.9 40.7 37.3 40.7 44.2 40.7 50.9
125 - - - - 43.2 33.0 43.2 36.4 46.4 39.8 46.4 46.6 46.4 53.3
150 - - 39.9 31.1 45.8 34.4 45.8 37.8 49.6 41.2 49.6 47.9 49.6 54.6
175 - - 42.1 32.6 48.3 35.9 48.3 39.2 52.7 42.5 52.7 49.2 52.7 55.9
200 - - 44.3 34.0 50.8 37.3 50.8 40.6 55.9 43.9 55.9 50.5 55.9 57.2
250 36.9 26.8 48.7 37.0 55.9 40.2 55.9 43.4 61.0 46.7 61.0 53.2 61.0 59.8
300 40.2 26.8 53.1 39.9 61.0 43.0 61.0 46.2 61.0 49.4 61.0 55.9 61.0 62.3
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 155
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
100 150 175 200 250 300 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 - - - - - - - - 56.8 54.0 56.8 61.8 56.8 69.6
150 - - - - - - 59.4 49.5 63.9 57.2 63.9 64.9 63.9 72.6
175 - - - - - - 62.2 51.2 67.5 58.8 67.5 66.5 67.5 74.1
200 - - 54.5 45.2 61.0 49.0 65.0 52.8 71.0 60.4 71.0 68.0 71.0 75.6
250 46.3 36.1 59.2 48.7 66.3 52.4 70.7 56.1 78.1 63.6 78.1 71.1 78.1 78.6
300 49.9 39.4 63.9 52.2 71.5 55.7 76.3 59.4 85.2 66.8 85.2 74.2 85.2 81.6
350 53.6 39.4 68.6 55.6 76.8 59.1 81.9 62.7 85.2 69.9 85.2 77.3 85.2 84.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 - - - - - - 79.4 74.8 79.4 83.6 79.4 92.4 79.4 101.0
150 - - - - - - 83.4 76.6 83.4 85.4 83.4 94.1 83.4 102.8
200 - - - - 84.4 71.6 91.3 80.3 91.3 88.9 91.3 97.6 91.3 106.2
250 - - 78.9 66.8 90.6 75.3 99.2 83.9 99.2 92.5 99.2 101.1 99.2 109.6
300 69.8 59.4 84.3 70.7 96.8 79.1 107.2 87.6 107.2 96.0 107.2 104.6 107.2 113.0
350 74.3 63.3 89.7 74.6 103.0 82.8 115.1 91.2 115.1 99.6 115.1 108.0 115.1 116.5
400 78.7 67.3 95.1 78.6 109.2 86.6 119.1 94.8 119.1 103.2 119.1 111.5 119.1 119.9
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
150 - - - - - - 98.9 88.2 104.4 98.0 104.4 107.8 104.4 117.5
200 - - - - 95.6 82.7 105.7 92.4 113.0 102.1 113.0 111.8 113.0 121.4
250 - - 87.2 77.5 101.8 87.0 112.6 96.6 121.7 106.2 121.7 115.8 121.7 125.3
300 78.2 63.4 92.6 82.1 108.0 91.4 119.5 100.8 130.4 110.3 130.4 119.8 130.4 129.2
350 82.7 67.6 97.9 86.6 114.2 95.7 126.3 105.0 139.1 114.4 139.1 123.7 139.1 133.1
400 87.2 71.8 103.2 91.2 120.4 100.1 133.2 109.2 147.8 118.4 147.8 127.7 147.8 137.0
450 91.7 76.0 108.5 95.8 126.6 104.4 140.0 113.4 156.5 122.5 156.5 131.7 156.5 141.0
page 156 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 125 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 - - - - 28.7 24.3 31.5 27.1 35.2 30.0 35.2 35.7 35.2 41.3
80 - - 29.0 25.2 32.9 27.4 36.0 30.3 41.3 33.1 41.3 38.8 41.3 44.4
100 29.1 25.4 33.1 28.3 37.4 30.6 40.8 33.4 47.9 36.3 47.9 41.9 47.9 47.4
125 34.2 27.6 38.7 32.3 43.4 34.5 47.2 37.3 56.9 40.1 56.9 45.7 56.9 51.2
150 39.6 29.8 44.6 36.1 49.9 38.4 54.1 41.2 66.5 43.9 66.5 49.5 66.5 55.0
200 51.7 32.6 57.8 43.6 64.2 46.0 69.2 48.8 79.2 51.5 79.2 57.0 79.2 62.5
250 59.7 32.6 66.5 47.6 73.6 52.6 79.2 56.3 79.2 59.0 79.2 64.5 79.2 69.9
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
70 100 125 150 175 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
70 - - 32.8 29.3 37.6 32.4 39.6 35.6 44.4 38.7 44.4 41.8 44.4 48.0
100 - - 39.2 34.5 44.6 37.7 46.9 40.8 54.4 43.9 54.4 46.9 54.4 53.1
125 - - 44.9 38.9 50.9 42.0 53.4 45.0 63.5 48.1 63.5 51.2 63.5 57.3
150 - - 51.1 43.2 57.6 46.2 60.4 49.3 73.3 52.3 73.3 55.4 73.3 61.5
175 49.5 39.0 57.6 47.4 64.8 50.5 67.8 53.5 83.9 56.5 83.9 59.6 83.9 65.6
200 55.8 41.6 64.6 51.6 72.4 54.7 75.6 57.7 95.1 60.7 95.1 63.7 95.1 69.7
250 69.3 42.6 79.6 60.0 88.8 63.0 92.6 66.0 99.8 69.0 99.8 72.0 99.8 78.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
80 125 150 175 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 - - - - - - 48.9 44.8 54.2 48.2 54.2 55.0 54.2 61.6
125 - - - - 61.2 49.9 61.2 53.3 70.5 56.6 70.5 63.2 70.5 69.8
150 - - 61.6 51.2 68.6 54.6 68.6 57.9 80.5 61.2 80.5 67.8 80.5 74.4
175 - - 68.8 55.9 76.4 59.2 76.4 62.5 91.2 65.8 91.2 72.3 91.2 78.9
200 - - 76.4 60.5 84.7 63.7 84.7 67.0 102.5 70.3 102.5 76.8 102.5 83.3
250 76.9 53.6 92.9 69.6 102.5 72.8 102.5 76.1 121.9 79.3 121.9 85.8 121.9 92.2
300 92.6 53.6 111.0 78.6 121.9 81.8 121.9 85.0 121.9 88.2 121.9 94.7 121.9 101.1
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 157
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
100 150 175 200 250 300 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 - - - - - - - - 75.8 69.6 75.8 77.2 75.8 84.8
150 - - - - - - 82.9 72.6 95.9 80.2 95.9 87.7 95.9 95.3
175 - - - - - - 90.9 77.9 106.8 85.4 106.8 93.0 106.8 100.4
200 - - 86.6 75.6 94.4 79.4 99.3 83.1 118.3 90.7 118.3 98.1 118.3 105.6
250 86.1 72.2 102.7 86.1 111.6 89.9 117.1 93.6 143.2 101.0 143.2 108.4 143.2 115.8
300 101.6 78.8 120.3 96.5 130.3 100.2 136.4 103.9 170.4 111.3 170.4 118.7 170.4 126.0
350 118.3 78.8 139.2 106.8 150.3 110.5 157.2 114.1 170.4 121.5 170.4 128.8 170.4 136.1
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 - - - - - - 105.9 96.7 105.9 105.4 105.9 114.0 105.9 122.6
150 - - - - - - 116.7 102.8 116.7 111.4 116.7 119.9 116.7 128.5
200 - - - - 119.5 106.2 140.0 114.6 140.0 123.3 140.0 131.8 140.0 140.2
250 - - 123.7 109.6 137.7 118.1 165.4 126.6 165.4 135.1 165.4 143.5 165.4 151.9
300 123.4 113.0 141.7 121.5 157.2 129.9 192.9 138.4 192.9 146.7 192.9 155.1 192.9 163.4
350 140.9 124.9 161.0 133.3 178.0 141.6 222.5 150.0 222.5 158.3 222.5 166.6 222.5 174.9
400 159.4 134.6 181.4 144.9 200.1 153.3 238.1 161.6 238.1 169.8 238.1 178.1 238.1 186.4
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
150 - - - - - - 124.9 117.5 139.1 127.1 139.1 136.7 139.1 146.2
200 - - - - 131.3 121.4 142.8 131.0 163.3 140.5 163.3 150.0 163.3 159.4
250 - - 132.2 125.3 149.3 134.8 162.0 144.3 189.4 153.7 189.4 163.1 189.4 172.5
300 132.1 126.8 149.8 138.7 168.5 148.1 182.3 157.5 217.4 166.8 217.4 176.2 217.4 185.5
350 149.2 135.2 168.5 151.9 188.9 161.2 203.9 170.6 247.3 179.8 247.3 189.1 247.3 198.4
400 167.4 143.6 188.3 165.0 210.4 174.3 226.6 183.5 279.2 192.8 279.2 202.0 279.2 211.2
450 186.5 152.0 209.1 178.0 233.1 187.2 250.6 196.4 313.0 205.6 313.0 214.7 313.0 223.4
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 158 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HSL-3, HSL-3-B
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm] 800 800 800 800 830 830
Yield strength fyk [N/mm] 640 640 640 640 640 640
Stressed cross-section As [mm] 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245 353
Section modulus Z [mm] 31.3 62.5 109.4 277.1 540.6 935.4
Design bending resistance
without sleeve MRd,s [Nm]
24.0 48.0 84.0 212.8 415.2 718.4
Material quality
Part Material
Bolt, threaded rod steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 m
May 2011 page 159
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Anchor version HSL-3 M8/20 M10/20 M10/40 M12/25 M12/50 M16/25 M16/50 M20/30 M20/60 M24/30 M24/60
Drill bit diameter d
0
[mm] 12 15 18 24 28 32
Hole depth h
1
[mm] 80 90 105 125 155 180
Effective anchorage
depth
h
ef
[mm] 60 70 80 100 125 150
Max. xture thickness t
x
[mm] 20 20 40 25 50 25 50 30 60 30 60
Anchor length I

[mm] 98 110 130 131 156 153 178 183 213 205 235
Head height + washer h
n
[mm] 7.5 10 11 14 17 19
Tightening torque T
inst
[Nm] 25 50 80 120 200 250
Width across
ats
S
w
[mm]
HSL-3 13 17 19 24 30 36
HSL-3-B - - 24 30 36 41
Clearance hole d
h
[mm] 14 17 20 26 31 35
Washer diameter d
w
[mm] 20 25 30 40 45 50
Min. base material
thickness
h
min
[mm] 120 140 160 200 250 300
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 60 70 80 100 125 150
for c [mm] 100 100 160 240 300 300
Minimum edge
distance
c
min
[mm] 60 70 80 100 150 150
for s [mm] 100 160 240 240 300 300
Setting instructions
Setting details
Drill hole Blow out dust and fragments Install anchor Apply tightening torque
(for HSL-3-B: no torque wrench
is needed)
page 160 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20
Shockproof fastenings in civil
defence installations
Bundesamt fr
Bevlkerungsschutz, Bern
BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20
HSC-A safety anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock
Bolt version
HSC-A Carbon
Steel version
HSC-AR Stainless
steel version
Benefits
the perfect solution for small edge
and space distance
suitable for thin concrete blocks
due to low embedment depth
suitable for cracked and
non cracked concrete
self-cutting undercut anchor
available as bolt version for
through applications
stainless steel available for
external applications
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Small edge
distance
& spacing
May 2011 page 161
HSC-A safety anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
N
Rd,s
HSC-A [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9
HSC-AR [kN] 13.7 21.7 31.6
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 162 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
V
Rd,s
HSC-A [kN] 11.7 18.6 27.0
HSC-AR [kN] 8.2 13.0 18.9
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 163
HSC-A safety anchor
Anchor size M8 x 40 M10 x 40 M12x60
h = h
min
[mm] 100 100 130
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge or spacing inuence
Anchor size M8 x 40 M10 x 40 M12 x 60
Tensile N*
rd,c
HSC-A [kN] 10.7 10.7 19.8
Shear V
Rd,s
HSC-A [kN] Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 164 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 10.8 6.0 14.4 9.4 14.4 14.2 14.4 16.4 14.4 19.5
60 12.1 6.8 16.2 10.3 16.2 15.0 16.2 17.1 16.2 20.3
100 14.8 8.3 19.8 12.0 19.8 16.7 19.8 18.8 19.8 21.9
120 16.2 9.0 21.6 12.8 21.6 17.5 21.6 19.6 21.6 22.6
150 16.2 9.0 21.6 14.1 21.6 18.8 21.6 20.8 21.6 23.9
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 10.8 6.1 14.4 9.6 14.4 14.4 14.4 16.6 14.4 19.7
60 12.1 6.9 16.2 10.5 16.2 15.3 16.2 17.4 16.2 20.5
100 14.8 8.4 19.8 12.2 19.8 17.0 19.8 19.0 19.8 22.2
120 16.2 9.2 21.6 13.1 21.6 17.8 21.6 19.9 21.6 23.0
150 16.2 9.2 21.6 14.4 21.6 19.1 21.6 21.1 21.6 24.1
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 19.8 11.6 26.4 17.7 26.4 21.4 26.4 28.9 26.4 37.4
90 22.3 13.0 29.7 19.3 29.7 23.0 29.7 30.3 29.7 38.7
120 24.8 14.5 33.0 20.9 33.0 24.5 33.0 31.8 33.0 40.0
180 29.7 17.4 39.6 24.1 39.6 27.5 39.6 34.6 39.6 42.9
250 29.7 17.4 39.6 27.9 39.6 31.1 39.6 38.0 39.6 46.1
May 2011 page 165
HSC-A safety anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 15.1 12.0 19.2 14.2 19.2 18.4 19.2 20.5 19.2 23.6
60 19.4 13.6 24.2 17.2 24.2 21.3 24.2 23.4 24.2 26.4
100 29.6 16.6 36.2 22.9 36.2 27.0 36.2 29.0 36.2 32.0
120 35.6 18.0 43.1 25.6 43.1 29.8 43.1 31.8 43.1 34.8
150 35.6 18.0 43.1 28.2 43.1 33.9 43.1 35.9 43.1 38.9
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 15.1 12.2 19.2 14.4 19.2 18.7 19.2 20.8 19.2 23.9
60 19.4 13.8 24.2 17.4 24.2 21.6 24.2 23.6 24.2 26.7
100 29.6 17.0 36.2 23.2 36.2 27.3 36.2 29.3 36.2 32.4
120 35.6 18.4 43.1 26.0 43.1 30.1 43.1 32.1 43.1 35.2
150 35.6 18.4 43.1 28.8 43.1 34.3 43.1 36.3 43.1 39.3
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 27.7 21.4 35.2 25.1 35.2 28.8 35.2 36.1 35.2 44.5
90 35.7 26.0 44.5 30.3 44.5 33.9 44.5 41.1 44.5 49.4
120 44.5 29.0 55.0 35.3 55.0 38.9 55.0 46.0 55.0 54.3
180 65.3 34.8 79.2 45.2 79.2 48.7 79.2 55.8 79.2 63.9
250 65.3 34.8 79.2 55.6 79.2 60.0 79.2 66.9 79.2 75.0
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 166 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HSC M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm]
-A 800 800 800
-AR 700 700 700
Yield strength fyk [N/mm]
-A 640 640 640
-AR 450 450 450
Stressed cross-section for
bolt version As,A [mm]
-A, AR 36.6 58.0 84.3
Section modulus Z [mm] -A, AR 31.2 62.3 109.2
Design bending resistance
without sleeve MRd,s [Nm]
-A 24 48 84
-AR 16.7 33.3 59.0
Material quality
Part Material
H
S
C
-
A
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 m
Expansion sleeve and washer Galvanised steel
Hexagon nut Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2
H
S
C
-
A
R
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
Expansion sleeve and washer steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 according EN 10088
Hexagon nut
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HSC-A and HSC-AR
Anchor version Thread size
tx (mm)
max
b
(mm)
ls
(mm)
d
(mm)
e
(mm)
HSC-A(R) M8x40 M8 15 13.5 40.8 13.5 16
HSC-A(R) M10x40 M10 20 15.5 40.8 15.5 20
HSC-A(R) M12x60 M12 20 17.5 60.8 17.5 24
marking HILTI 8.8 (or A4) marking e.g. HSC-A M8 x 40 tx (or HSC-AR M8 x 40 tx A4)
May 2011 page 167
HSC-A safety anchor
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size
HSC-A/AR
M8x40
HSC-A/AR
M10x40
HSC-A/AR
M12x60
Rotary hammer for setting
TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 16;
TE 16-C;TE 16-M;
TE 25; TE 35
TE 7-C; TE 7-A;
TE 25; TE 35
TE 16; TE 16-C;
TE 16-M; TE 25;
TE 35; TE 40;
TE 40-AVR
Stop drill bit TE-C-HSC-B 14x40 16x40 16x60
Setting Tool TE-C-HSC-MW 14 16 18
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting instruction
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 168 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Anchor version M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 14 16 18
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut [mm] 14.5 16.5 18.5
Depth of drill hole h1 [mm] 46 46 68
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
df [mm] 9 12 14
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 40 60
Maximum fastening thickness tx [mm] 15 20 20
Torque moment Tinst [Nm] 10 20 30
Width across SW [mm] 13 17 19
Anchor version M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 130
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 40 60
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 40 60
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only
the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive
Setting details HSC-A (R)
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
May 2011 page 169
HSC-A safety anchor
page 170 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20
Shockproof fastenings in civil
defence installations
Bundesamt fr
Bevlkerungsschutz, Bern
BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock
Internal threaded
version:
HSC-I carbon steel
internal version
HSC-IR Stainless
steel version (A4)
Benefits
the perfect solution for small edge
and space distance
suitable for thin concrete blocks
due to low embedment depth
suitable for cracked and
non cracked concrete
self-cutting undercut anchor
internal threaded
stainless steel available for
external applications
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Small edge
distance
& spacing
May 2011 page 171
HSC-I safety anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
N
Rd,s
HSC-I [kN] 16.3 20.2 24.3
HSC-IR [kN] 11.4 14.2 17.1
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 172 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
V
Rd,s
HSC-I [kN] 9.8 12.2 14.6
HSC-IR [kN] 6.9 8.5 10.3
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 173
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor size M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
h = h
min
[mm] 100 110 130
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge or spacing inuence
Anchor size M8 x 40 M10 x 50 M12 x 60
Tensile N*
rd,c
HSC-I [kN] 10.7 15.1 19.8
Shear V
Rd,s
HSC-I [kN] Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 174 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 10.8 6.1 14.4 9.6 14.4 14.4 14.4 16.6 14.4 19.7
60 12.1 6.9 16.2 10.5 16.2 15.3 16.2 17.4 16.2 20.5
100 14.8 8.4 19.8 12.2 19.8 17.0 19.8 19.0 19.8 22.2
120 16.2 9.2 21.6 13.1 21.6 17.8 21.6 19.9 21.6 23.0
150 16.2 9.2 21.6 14.4 21.6 19.1 21.6 21.1 21.6 24.1
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 75 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 14.5 8.8 18.9 13.5 20.1 16.4 20.1 22.1 20.1 27.7
75 16.1 9.9 21.0 14.7 22.6 17.6 22.6 23.2 22.6 28.7
100 17.7 11.0 23.2 16.0 25.1 18.7 25.1 24.3 25.1 29.8
150 21.0 13.2 27.5 18.4 30.1 21.1 30.1 26.5 30.1 31.9
200 22.3 13.2 29.1 20.9 30.1 23.4 30.1 28.7 30.1 34.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 19.8 11.8 26.4 18.0 26.4 21.7 26.4 29.2 26.4 37.7
90 22.3 13.2 29.7 19.6 29.7 23.3 29.7 30.7 29.7 39.1
120 24.8 14.7 33.0 21.2 33.0 24.8 33.0 32.1 33.0 40.5
180 29.7 17.7 39.6 24.5 39.6 27.9 39.6 35.0 39.6 43.3
250 29.7 17.7 39.6 28.3 39.6 31.6 39.6 38.4 39.6 46.6
May 2011 page 175
HSC-I safety anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge inuence h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 15.1 12.2 19.2 14.4 19.2 18.7 19.2 20.8 19.2 23.9
60 19.4 13.8 24.2 17.4 24.2 21.6 24.2 23.6 24.2 26.7
100 29.6 17.0 36.2 23.2 36.2 27.3 36.2 29.3 36.2 32.4
120 35.6 18.4 43.1 26.0 43.1 30.1 43.1 32.1 43.1 35.2
150 35.6 18.4 43.1 28.8 43.1 34.3 43.1 36.3 43.1 39.3
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 75 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 19.8 16.4 24.8 19.3 26.8 22.1 26.8 27.7 26.8 33.2
75 25.0 19.8 30.9 23.2 33.3 26.0 33.9 31.5 33.9 36.9
100 30.9 22.0 37.6 27.0 40.5 29.8 41.8 35.2 41.8 40.6
150 44.4 26.4 53.1 34.6 56.9 37.3 60.3 42.7 60.3 48.0
200 49.7 26.4 60.1 41.8 60.3 44.7 60.3 50.0 60.3 55.3
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 27.7 21.7 35.2 25.5 35.2 29.2 35.2 36.5 35.2 45.0
90 35.7 26.6 44.5 30.6 44.5 34.3 44.5 41.6 44.5 49.9
120 44.5 29.4 55.0 35.7 55.0 39.3 55.0 46.5 55.0 54.8
180 65.3 35.4 79.2 45.7 79.2 49.2 79.2 56.3 79.2 64.5
250 65.3 35.4 79.2 56.6 79.2 60.6 79.2 67.5 79.2 75.6
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 176 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HSC M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm]
-I 800 800 800
-IR 600 700 700
Yield strength fyk [N/mm]
-I 640 640 640
-IR 355 350 340
Stressed cross-section for
internal threaded version As,l [mm]
-I,IR 28.3 34.6 40.8
Stressed cross-section for
bolt version As,A [mm]
-I,IR 36.6 58.0 84.3
Section modulus Z [mm] -I,IR 31.2 62.3 109.2
Design bending resistance
without sleeve MRd,s [Nm]
-I 24 48 84
-IR 16.7 33.3 59.0
Material quality
Part Material
H
S
C
-
I
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 m
Expansion sleeve and washer Galvanised steel
Hexagon nut Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2
H
S
C
-
I
R
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
Expansion sleeve and washer steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 according EN 10088
Hexagon nut
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
May 2011 page 177
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HSC-I and HSC-IR
Anchor version Thread size
b
(mm)
ls
(mm)
d
(mm)
lb
(mm)
HSC-I M8x40 M8 15.5 40.8 15.5 43.8
HSC-I M10x50 M10 17.5 50.8 17.5 54.8
HSC-I M12x60 M12 19.5 60.8 19.5 64.8
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size
HSC-I/IR
M8x40
HSC-I/IR
M10x50
HSC-I/IR
M12x60
Rotary hammer for setting
TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 16; TE 16-C;
TE 16-M; TE 25; TE 35
TE 16; TE 16-C;
TE 16-M; TE 25,
TE 35; TE 40;
TE 40-AVR
Stop drill bit TE-CHSC-B 16x40 18x50 20x60
Setting Tool TE-C HSC-MW 16 18 20
Insert Tool TE-C HSC-EW 16 18 20
marking HILTI 8.8 (or A4) marking e.g. HSC-I M6 x 40 (or HSC-IR M6 x 40 A4)
page 178 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting instruction
For HSC-I: fastening carbon steel screw or threaded rod. Minimum strength class 8.8 according to ESO 8898-1
For HSC-IR: fastening stainless steel screw or threaded rod: minimum strength class A4-70 according to EN ISO 3506
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
May 2011 page 179
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor version M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 16 18 20
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut [mm] 16.5 18.5 20.5
Depth of drill hole h1 [mm] 46 56 68
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
df [mm] 9 12 14
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60
Screwing depth
min s [mm] 8 10 12
max s [mm] 22 28 30
Width across SW [mm] 13 17 19
Installation torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 30
Anchor version M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 110 130
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only
the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive
Setting details
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
page 180 May 2011
HSA stud anchor
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval a) CSTB, Paris ETA-99/0001 / 2008-03-13
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3049/8151 / 2006-05-03
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166404/ 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section for HSA and HSA-R M6 to M12 according ETA-99/0001, issue 2008-03-13.
HSA-F and HSA-R M16 + M20 have no approval.
HSA stud anchor
Anchor version
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete
Benefits
two setting depths
setting mark
Hilti anchor
design
software
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HSA
Carbon steel
HSA-R
Stainless steel
HSA-F
Carbon steel, hot-dip
galvanised
May 2011 page 181
HSA stud anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
or pullout, whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
N
Rd,s
HSA / HSA-F [kN] 6.3 12.0 21.0 29.7 50.7 89.3
HSA-R [kN] 6.9 12.5 21.9 30.6 43.8 61.3
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 182 May 2011
HSA stud anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
V
Rd,s
HSA / HSA-F [kN] 5.2 9.6 15.6 24.4 44.0 68.0
HSA-R [kN] 4.0 7.3 11.3 16.7 23.3 32.7
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 183
HSA stud anchor
Anchor size
h = h
min
[mm] Refer to Loads table below
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Single anchor no edge effect
Standard embedment depth Reduced embedment depth
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 100 100 140 170 210 100 100 100 100 130 160
Tensile N*Rd,c
HSA [kN] 4.0 9.7 12.9 20.1 32.8 44.5 3.4 7.2 9.7 15.1 21.8 29.3
HSA-R [kN] 3.3 6.7 6.7 11.9 18.1 20.6 4.2 5.7 8.6 12.8 18.5
Shear V*Rd,c
HSA [kN]
Steel failure governs refer V Rd,s table
Steel Failure critical
HSA-R [kN] - 8.8 11.6 15.1
Steel failure
critical
Single anchor, min. edge distance (c = cmin)
Standard embedment depth Reduced embedment depth
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 100 100 140 170 210 100 100 100 100 130 160
Min. edge
distance cmin
HSA [mm] 50 60 65 90 105 125 40 45 65 100 100 115
HSA-R [mm] 50 60 75 100 105 125 - 45 65 100 100 115
Tensile N*Rd,c
HSA [kN] 4.0 9.0 9.4 15.5 20.1 26.9 3.4 5.6 8.0 12.1 15.0 19.6
HSA-R [kN] 3.3 6.7 6.7 11.6 18.1 20.6 4.2 5.7 8.6 10.8 15.4
Shear V*Rd,c
HSA [kN] 5.3 7.3 8.5 14.3 18.9 25.6 3.8 4.7 8.3 12.7 15.7 20.9
HSA-R [kN] 5.3 7.3 9.7 15.9 18.9 25.6 4.7 8.3 12.7 15.7 20.9
page 184 May 2011
HSA stud anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HSA, HSA-R, HSA-F
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Nominal tensile
strength fuk
HSA [N/mm] 720 720 720 720 670 720
HSA-R [N/mm] 600 600 600 600 450 400
HSA-F [N/mm] 720 720 720 720 670 720
Yield strength fyk
HSA [N/mm] 576 576 576 576 536 576
HSA-R [N/mm] 400 400 400 400 - -
HSA-F [N/mm] 576 576 576 576 536 576
Stressed cross-section As [mm] 20.1 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245
Section modulus Z [mm] 12.7 31.2 62.3 109.2 277.5 540.9
Design bending
resistance M
0
Rd,s
HSA [Nm] 8.8 21.6 43.2 75.2 178.4 363.2
HSA-R [Nm] 6.0 14.6 30.0 52.6 100.00 168.0
HSA-F [Nm] 8.8 21.6 43.2 75.2 178.4 363.2
Material quality
Part Material
Bolt
HSA Carbon steel, galvanised to min. 5 m
HSA-R Stainless steel
HSA-F
Carbon steel, hot-dip galvanised to min. 35 m (M6-M16) and
min. 45 m (M20)
Setting parameters
Standard embedment depth Reduced embedment depth
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 100 100 140 170 210 100 100 100 100 130 160
Minimum spacing smin
HSA [mm] 40 50 55 75 90 105 35 35 55 100 100 100
HSA-R [mm] 40 50 65 100 250 310 - 35 55 100 190 235
HSA-F [mm] 120 145 150 210 250 310 90 105 125 150 190 235
Minimum edge distance cmin
HSA [mm] 50 60 65 90 105 125 40 45 65 100 100 115
HSA-R [mm] 50 60 75 100 126 155 - 45 65 100 96 117
HSA-F [mm] 60 72 75 105 126 155 45 53 63 75 96 117
Setting details

May 2011 page 185
HSA stud anchor
Anchor size
Setting Details
M
6
x
5
0
M
6
x
6
5
M
6
x
8
5
M
6
x
1
0
0
M
8
x
5
7
M
8
x
7
5
M
8
x
9
2
M
1
0
x
6
8
M
1
0
x
9
0
M
1
0
x
1
0
8
M
1
0
x
1
2
0
HSA-R available:
*
* *
*
*
*
* * *
*
*
*
*
* *
*
OK OK OK OK
HSA-F available: OK OK
d
o
[mm] Nominal diameter of drill bit 6 8 10
I [mm] Anchor length 50 65 85 100 57 75 92 68 90 108 120
Head marking (letter code) A C D E B C E C E F G
I
G
[mm] Thread length 15 30 50 65 20 35 52 25 42 60 72
T
inst
[Nm] Tightening torque* 5 15 30
Sw

[mm] Width across nut flats 10 13 17
d
f
[mm] Clearance hole diameter 7 9 12
h
1
[mm] Min. depth of drill hole - 55 - 65 - 70
h
ef
[mm] Effective anch. depth - 40 - 48 - 50
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness - 10 30 45 - 10 27 - 20 37 50
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness - 100 - 100 - 100
h
1
[mm] Min. depth of drill hole 45 50 60
h
ef
[mm] Effective anch. depth 30 35 42
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness 5 20 40 55 5 23 40 5 25 45 57
r
e
d
u
c
e
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness 100 100 100
Anchor size
Setting Details M
1
2
x
8
0
M
1
2
x
1
0
0
M
1
2
x
1
2
0
M
1
2
x
1
5
0
M
1
2
x
1
8
0
M
1
2
x
2
2
0
M
1
6
x
1
0
0
M
1
6
x
1
2
0
M
1
6
x
1
4
0
M
1
6
x
1
9
0
M
2
0
x
1
2
5
M
2
0
x
1
7
0
HSA-R available: OK OK OK OK OK
K O K O K O K O K O K O : e l b a l i a v a F - A S H OK
d
o
0 2 6 1 2 1 t i b l l i r d f o . a i d l a n i m o N ] m m [
I [mm] Anchor length 80 100 120 150 180 220 100 120 140 190 125 170
Head marking (letter code) D E G I L O E G I L G K
I
G
[mm] Thread length 30 45 65 95 125 165 35 50 70 120 45 85
T
inst
0 0 1 0 5 * e u q r o t g n i n e t h g i T ] m N [ 200
SW

4 2 9 1 s t a l f t u n s s o r c a h t d i W ] m m [ 30
d
f
8 1 4 1 r e t e m a i d e l o h e c n a r a e l C ] m m [ 22
h
1
[mm] Min. depth of drill hole - 95 - 115 - 130
h
ef
[mm] Effective anch. depth - 70 - 84 - 103
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness - 5 25 55 85 125 - 5 25 75 - 30
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness - 140 - 170 - 210
h
1
5 0 1 0 9 0 7 e l o h l l i r d f o h t p e d . n i M ] m m [
h
ef
8 7 4 6 0 5 h t p e d . h c n a e v i t c e f f E ] m m [
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness 5 25 45 75 105 145 5 25 45 95 10 55
r
e
d
u
c
e
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness
* Tightening torque same for standard & reduced anchorage.
* available subject to lead time. Contact your local Hilti Engineer.
0 6 1 0 3 1 0 0 1
* *
* *
*
*
*
* * *
*
*
page 186 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30
Fire test report DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30
Fire test report ZTV Tunnel (EBA) MFPA, Leipzig PB III / 08-354 / 2008-11-27
a) Data for HUS-HR with standard and reduced embedment depth is given in this section according ETA-08/0307
issue 2009-03-30.
HUS-HR screw anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone
HUS-HR
Stainless steel
Concrete Screw
Benefits
Quick and easy setting
Low expansion forces in base
materials
Through fastening
Removable
Forged-on washer and hexagon
head with no protruding thread
Small edge
distance
& spacing
Solid
brick
Autoclaved
aerated
concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
May 2011 page 187
HUS-HR screw anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.
whichever governing
NRd = fB

N*Rd.c
N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.s
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
NRd,s [kN] 17.0 24.3 37.6 73.0
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 188 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Extra reduced
embedment
V
Rd,s
[kN] 11.3 17.3 22.0 -
Reduced embedment V
Rd,s
[kN] - 17.3 22.0 36.7
Standard embedment V
Rd,s
[kN] 11.3 17.3 22.0 36.7
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 189
HUS-HR screw anchor
Single anchor no edge effects
Non-cracked concrete Cracked concrete
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 8 10 14 6 8 10 14
Extra reduced embedment
hnom [mm] 30 50 60 - 30 50 60 -
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 80 100 120 - 80 100 120 -
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 6.3 8.4 - - 3.5 5.2 -
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] - 20.0 26.5 - 14.2 18.8 -
Reduced embedment
hnom [mm] - 60 70 70 - 60 70 70
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] - 100 120 140 - 100 120 140
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 8.4 11.2 13.3 - 4.2 6.3 8.4
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] -
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
31.9 - 19.5 24.0 22.7
Standard embedment
hnom [mm] 55 80 90 110 55 80 90 110
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 120 140 160 100 120 140 160
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] 5.4 11.2 17.6 28.3 3.0 8.4 11.2 17.6
Shear V*Rd,c [kN]
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
13.7
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
page 190 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Single anchor, min. edge distance (c = cmin)
Non-cracked concrete Cracked concrete
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 8 10 14 6 8 10 14
Extra reduced embedment
hnom [mm] 30 50 60 - 30 50 60 -
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 80 100 120 - 80 100 120 -
Min. edge distance
c=cmin
[mm] 40 45 50 - 40 45 50 -
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 6.3 7.8 - - 3.5 5.2 -
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] - 4.8 5.9 - - 3.3 4.1 -
Reduced embedment
hnom [mm] - 60 70 70 - 60 70 70
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] - 100 120 140 - 100 120 140
Min. edge distance
c=cmin
[mm] - 45 50 50 - 45 50 50
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 8.4 10.1 9.7 - 4.2 6.3 6.9
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] - 5.0 6.1 6.4 - 3.5 4.3 4.5
Standard embedment
hnom [mm] 55 80 90 110 55 80 90 110
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 120 140 160 100 120 140 160
Min. edge distance
c=cmin
[mm] 40 50 50 60 40 50 50 60
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] 5.4 11.2 13.1 17.4 3.0 8.4 9.3 12.4
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] 4.0 6.0 6.4 9.0 2.8 4.3 4.5 6.3
May 2011 page 191
HUS-HR screw anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm] 1040 870 950 820
Stressed cross-section As [mm] 23 39 55 125
Section modulus Z [mm] 15.5 34.4 58.2 196.4
Design bending resistance MRd,s [Nm] 12.9 23.9 44.2 128.8
Material quality

Part Material
Stainless steel hexagonal head
concrete screw
Stainless steel (grade A4)
page 192 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HUS - HR
Anchor version
ls
(mm)
ds
(mm)
dk
(mm)
HUS-HR 6 x 60 60 7.5 5.4
HUS-HR 8 x 85 85 10.1 7.1
HUS-HR 10 x 75, 105 75, 105 12.3 8.4
HUS-HR 14 x 120 120 16.5 12.6
Setting
Recommended installation equipment
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Rotary hammer Hilti TE 6 Hilti TE 6 Hilti TE 16 Hilti -TE 16
drill bit TE-C3X 6/17 TE-C3X 8/17 TE-C3X 10/22 TE-C3X 14/22
Socket wrench insert S-NSD 13 (L) S-NSD 13 (L) S-NSD 15 (L) S-NSD 21
Impact screw driver
Hilti SIW 144 or 121
Hilti TKI 2500
Hilti SI 100
Setting instruction
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
May 2011 page 193
HUS-HR screw anchor
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Anchor version HUS-HR 6 8 10 14
Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 55 50
a)
60
b)
80 60
a)
70
b)
90 70
b)
110
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 6 8 10 14
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut [mm] 6.4 8.45 10.45 14.5
Depth of drill hole h1 [mm] 65 60 70 90 70 80 100 80 120
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
df [mm] 9 12 14 18
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 45 38 47 64 46 54 71 52 86
Max. fastening thickness Tx
Max.
installation
torque
Concrete Tinst [Nm] -
c)
35 -
c)
-
c)
45 45 45 65 65
Solid m. Mz 12 Tinst [Nm] 10 -
d)
16 16 - 20 20 -
d)
-
d)
Solid m. KS 12 Tinst [Nm] 10 -
d)
16 16 - 20 20 -
d)
-
d)
Aerated conc.
c)
Tinst [Nm] 4 -
d)
8 8 - 10 10 -
d)
-
d)
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth c) Hilti recommends machine setting only in concrete
d) Hilti does not recommend this setting process for this application
Setting details
page 194 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Nominal embedment depth h
nom
[mm] 30 55 50 60 80 60 70 90 70 110
Minimum base material
thickness non-cracked concrete
h
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 140 140 160
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 40 40 45 45 50 50 50 50 50 60
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 40 45 45 50 50 50 50 50 60
May 2011 page 195
HUS-HR screw anchor
page 196 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30
Fire test report IBMB, Brunswick UB 3574/5146 / 2006-05-20
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) Data for HUS-H 8 and HUS-H 10 is given in this section according to ETA-08/0307 issue 2009-03-30 .
HUS-H screw anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone
HUS-H
Carbon steel
Concrete Screw
Benefits
Quick and easy setting
Low expansion forces in base
materials
Through fastening
Removable
Forged-on washer and hexagon
head with no protruding thread
Small edge
distance
& spacing
Solid
brick
Autoclaved
aerated
concrete
May 2011 page 197
HUS-H screw anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.
whichever governing
NRd = fB

N*Rd.c
N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
fB
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa)
fB
10
HUS-H
8,10,14
a,b
20
0.79
0.82
25
0.87
0.89
32
1.0
1.0
40
1.11
1.09
50
1.22
1.17
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
N ) n o i s n e t ( e c n a t s i s e r l e e t s n g i s e D Rd,s
ETA HILTI
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
N
Rd,s
[kN] 26.5 39.6 67.5
page 198 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
V ) r a e h s ( e c n a t s i s e r l e e t s n g i s e D Rrd,s
ETA HILTI
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
V
Rd,s
[kN] 10.6 15.7 36.7
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa)
fB
10
HUS-H
8,10,14
a,b
20
0.79
0.82
25
0.87
0.89
32
1.0
1.0
40
1.11
1.09
50
1.22
1.17
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
May 2011 page 199
HUS-H screw anchor
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Single anchor no edge effects
8 10 14
hnom 50
a)
60
b)
75 60
a)
70
b)
85 70
a)
90
b)
110
Min. base material thickness 100 110 120 130 130 130 130 170 210
Tension N*Rd,c 5.9 8.4 11.2 8.1 8.1 12.0 12.5 19.4 30.3
Shear V*Rd,c 9.2
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
12.4
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
30.1
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
Single anchor, min. edge distance (c = cmin)
8 10 14
hnom 50
a)
60
b)
75 60
a)
70
b)
85 70
a)
90
b)
110
Min. base material thickness 100 110 120 130 130 130 130 170 210
Min. edge distance cmin 55 55 55 65 65 65 60 60 60
Tension N*Rd,c 5.9 8.4 11.2 7.6 8.1 12.0 10.6 13.6 18.2
Shear V*Rd,c 6.2 6.5 6.7 8.3 8.6 8.9 8.0 8.4 9.1
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
page 200 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm] 950 1000 770
Yield strength fyk [N/mm] 855 900 700
Stressed cross-section As [mm] 39.0 55.4 143.1
Section modulus Z [mm] 34.4 58.2 191.7
Design bending resistance MRd,s [Nm] 26.1 46.5 118
Material quality
Part Material
Carbon steel hexagonal head
concrete screw
steel according DIN EN 10263-4, 1.5523, galvanised to min. 5 m
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HUS - H
Anchor version
ls
(mm)
ds
(mm)
d
(mm)
HUS-H 8 x 55/65/80/90 55/65/80/90 10.1 7.1
HUS-H 10 x 65/75/90/100 65/75/90/100 12.2 8.4
HUS-H 14 x 80/115/160 80/115/160 16.5 12.6
Setting
Recommended installation equipment
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
Rotary hammer TE 6 TE 16
Drill bit TE-C3X 8/17 TE-C3X 10/22 TE-C3X 14/22
Socket wrench insert S-NSD 13 (L) S-NSD 15 (L) S-NSD 21
Impact screw driver SI 100 SI 100 SI 100
May 2011 page 201
HUS-H screw anchor
Setting instruction
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Anchor version HUS-H 8 10 14
Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 50
a)
60
b)
75 60
a)
70
b)
85 70
a)
90
b)
110
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 8 10 14
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut [mm] 8.45 10.45 14.5
Depth of drill hole h1 [mm] 60 70 85 70 80 95 80 100 120
Diameter of clearance hole
df [mm] 12 14 18
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 36 47 60 44 54 67 50 67 90
Max. fastening thickness T ls - hnom
Max.
installation
torque
Concrete Tinst [Nm] 35 45 45 55 65
Solid m. Mz 12 Tinst [Nm] - 6 - - 10 - -
Solid m. KS 12 Tinst [Nm] - 16 - - 16 - -
Aerated conc.
c)
Tinst [Nm] - 10 - - 10 - -
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
c) Installation torque for manual setting only. Machine setting not required
Setting details
page 202 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
Nominal embedment depth h
nom
[mm] 50 60 75 60 70 85 70 90 110
Minimum base material
thickness non-cracked concrete
h
min
[mm] 100 110 120 110 130 130 130 170 210
Minimum spacing
non-cracked concrete
s
min
[mm] 55 55 55 65 65 65 80 80 80
Minimum edge distance
non-cracked concrete
c
min
[mm] 55 55 55 65 65 65 60 60 60
Minimum base material
thickness cracked concrete
h
min
[mm] 100 110 120 110 110 130 - 170 -
Minimum spacing
cracked concrete
s
min
[mm] 55 40 40 65 50 50 - 80 -
Minimum edge distance
cracked concrete
c
min
[mm] 55 50 50 65 50 50 - 60 -
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
May 2011 page 203
HUS-H screw anchor
page 204 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-02/0032 / 2010-04-22
a) Anchors with anchorage depth hef = 25mm are not coverd by ETA
HKD push-in anchor single anchor application
Anchor version
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
Benefits
simple and well proven
approved, tested and confirmed
by everyday jobsite experience
reliable setting thanks to simple
visual check
versatile
for medium-duty fastening with
bolts or threaded rods
available in various materials and
sizes for maximized coverage of
possible applications
Hilti anchor
design
software
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HKD-S(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
with lip
HKD-E(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
without lip
May 2011 page 205
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
N
Rd,s
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] 6.7 11.4 12.4 13.4 23.7 37.2 59.1
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] 6.9 9.2 not available 11.5 20.4 35.1 55.7
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd NSd
page 206 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
V
Rd,s
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] 3.9 5.5 5.9 6.4 11.3 17.5 27.8
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] 4.1 5.5 not available 6.9 12.3 21.1 33.6
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2
and
NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd VSd
May 2011 page 207
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Anchor size
h = h
min
[mm] Refer to table below
Precalculated table values design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations.
All tables are based upon:
correct setting (See setting instruction)
non-cracked concrete f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Single anchor for edge distance c cmin
Non-cracked concrete
Hilti
technical
data
according ETA-02/0032, issue 2010-04-22
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Min Base thickness h
min
100 100 100 100 100 130 160
Min. edge distance c
min
100 105 105 140 175 230 280
Tension N*Rd,c [kN]
HKD-S, HKD-E 3.8 5.8 5.8 9.0 12.5 22.3 30.4
HKD-SR, HKD-ER 3.8 5.8 not available 9.0 12.5 22.3 30.4
Shear VRd,s [kN]
HKD-S, HKD-E
Steel governs refer V
Rd,s
table
HKD-SR, HKD-ER
page 208 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Materials
Mechanical properties of HKD-S, HKD-E, HKD-SR, HKD-ER
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Nominal tensile
strength fuk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm] 560 560 510 510 460 460
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm] 540 540 540 540 540 540
Yield strength fyk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm] 440 440 410 410 375 375
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm] 355 355 355 355 355 355
Stressed
cross-section As
HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm] 20.9 26.1 28.8 58.7 102.8 163
Section Modulus Z HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm] 50 79 110 264 602 1191
Material quality
Part Material
Anchor Body
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min. 5 m
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Tapered expansion plug
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel material
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size
Anchor version: HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R)
M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50 60 80
Anchor diameter d
1
[mm] 7.9 9.95 11.8 11.95 14.9 19.75 24.75
Plug diameter d
2
[mm] 5.1 6.5 8.2 8.2 10.3 13.8 16.4
Plug length l
1
[mm] 10 12 12 16 20 29 30
Anchor body
May 2011 page 209
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 80
Machine setting tool HSD-M
6x25 8x30 10x30 10x40 12x50 16x65 20x80
Hand Setting tool HSD-G
Other tools hammer, torque wrench, blow out pump
Setting instructions
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.
page 210 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting details
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distances
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 8 10 12 12 15 20 25
Cutting diameter of drill bit d
cut
[mm] 8.45 10.5 12.5 12.5 15.5 20.5 25.5
Depth of drill hole h
1
[mm] 27 33 33 43 54 70 85
Screwing depth
l
s,min

[mm] 6 8 10 10 12 16 20
l
s,max
[mm] 12 14.5 13 18 22 30.5 42
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
d
f
[mm] 7 9 12 12 14 18 22
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50 65 80
Max. Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 4 8 15 15 35 60 120
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 100 100 130 160
Minimum spacing and minimum
edge distance
HKD-S (R)
HKD-E (R)
smin [mm] 60 60 80 125 130 160
cmin [mm] 88 105 140 175 230 280
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
May 2011 page 211
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
page 212 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Approvals / certicates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22
Fire test report DIBt, Berlin ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22
Assessment report (re) warringtonre WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section for HKD-S(R) and HKD-E(R), according ETA-06/0047, issue 2010-04-22. The anchor is to be
used only for redundant fastening for non-structural applications.
Basic loading data for all load directions according design method B of ETAG 001
All data in this section applies to
Correct setting (See setting instruction)
No edge distance and spacing inuence
Concrete C 20/25, f
ck,cube
= 25 N/mm to C50/60, f
ck,cube
= 60 N/mm
Minimum base material thickness
Anchors in redundant fastening
HKD push-in anchor redundant fastening
Anchor version Benefits
simple and well proven
approved, tested and confirmed
by everyday jobsite experience
reliable setting thanks to simple
visual check
versatile
for medium-duty fastening with
bolts or threaded rods
available in various materials and
sizes for maximized coverage of
possible applications
HKD-S(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
with lip
HKD-E(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
without lip
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile
zone
a)
Redundant
fastening

Sprinkler
approved

a) Redundant fastening only


May 2011 page 213
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Design Resistance, all load directions
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Load
F
Rd
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] - 2.0 2.7 4.0 4.0
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] - 2.0 - 4.0 4.0
Recommended loads
a)
, all load directions
Anchor size M6x25 M8x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Load
F
Rec
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] - - 1.4 1.9 2.9 2.9
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] - - 1.4 - 2.9 2.9
a) With overall partial safety factor for action = 1.4. The partial safety factors for action depend on the type of loading and
shall be taken from national regulations. According ETAG 001, annex C, the partial safety factor is G = 1.35 for permanent
actions and
Q
= 1.5 for variable actions.
Requirements for redundant fastening
The denition of redundant fastening according to Member States is given in the ETAG 001 Part six, Annex 1.
In Absence of a denition by a Member State the following default values may be taken
Minimum number of xing points
Minimum number
of anchors per xing point
Maximum design load of action
N
Sd
per xing point
a)
3 1 2 kN
4 1 3 kN
a) The value for maximum design load of actions per fastening point NSd is valid in general that means all fastening points are
considered in the design of the redundant structural system. The value NSd may be increased if the failure of one (= most
unfavourable) xing point is taken into account in the design (serviceability and ultimate limit state) of the structural system
e.g. suspended ceiling.
page 214 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Materials
Mechanical properties of HKD-S, HKD-E, HKD-SR, HKD-ER
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12
Nominal tensile
strength fuk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm] 560 560 510 510
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm] 540 540 540 540
Yield strength fyk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm] 440 440 410 410
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm] 355 355 355 355
Stressed
cross-section As
HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm] 20.9 26.1 28.8 58.7
Section Modulus Z HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm] 50 79 110 264
Material quality
Part Material
Anchor Body
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min. 5 m
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Tapered expansion plug
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel material
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size
Anchor version: HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R)
M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50
Anchor diameter d
1
[mm] 7.9 9.95 11.8 11.95 14.9
Plug diameter d
2
[mm] 5.1 6.5 8.2 8.2 10.3
Plug length l
1
[mm] 10 12 12 16 20
Anchor body
May 2011 page 215
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Rotary hammer TE 2 TE 16
Machine setting tool HSD-M
6x25 8x30 10x30 10x40 12x50
Hand Setting tool HSD-G
Other tools hammer, torque wrench, blow out pump
Setting instructions
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 216 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting details
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distances
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 8 10 12 12 15
Cutting diameter of drill bit d
cut
[mm] 8.45 10.5 12.5 12.5 15.5
Depth of drill hole h
1
[mm] 27 33 33 43 54
Screwing depth
l
s,min

[mm] 6 8 10 10 12
l
s,max
[mm] 12 14.5 13 18 22
Diameter of clearance hole
in the xture
d
f
[mm] 7 9 12 12 14
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50
Max. Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 4 8 15 15 35
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x40 M12x50
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 80 80 80 -
Minimum spacing and minimum
edge distance
HKD-S (R)
HKD-E (R)
smin [mm] 200 200 200 -
cmin [mm] 150 150 150 -
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 100 100
Minimum spacing and minimum
edge distance
HKD-S (R)
HKD-E (R)
smin [mm] 80 60 80 125
cmin [mm] 140 105 140 175
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
May 2011 page 217
Post-installed rebar.
In compliance with AS 3600-2009
page 218 May 2011
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Introduction.
As of recent times the new concrete code, AS3600-2009 : Concrete Structures has been released with many changes to the
previous edition. The area of interest is Section 13 Stress Development of Reinforcement and Tendons which deals with the
determination of the required development length to develop the yield strength of a deformed bar in tension. This relationship
has undertaken some major changes in comparison to AS3600-2001 (see below):
Eq 1: AS3600-2001

Eq 2: AS3600-2009

The major change is the left hand side (LHS) of the formula which calculates the development length required to develop the
yield strength of the bar to avoid the splitting failure of the concrete. The right hand side (RHS) has had a minor change which
determines the development length required to develop the yield strength of the bar to avoid the pull-out of the bar from the
concrete. From a chemical anchor perspective and the application of drill & epoxy of starter bars, this RHS is replaced by the
required minimum embedment depth of the specific product used for post-installing the deformed bar as shown in the table
HIT-RE 500 Bond length to develop Yield on page 5.
On the other hand, many years of research, development and experience have proven that the load transfer behaviour achieved
by Hilti HIT-RE 500 is comparable to that of cast-in reinforcement, therefore Hilti HIT-RE 500 rebar connections work like cast-
in rebar adopting the concrete splitting behaviour model (LHS).
This allows us to re-write Eq 2 for post-installed rebar as follows:
Eq 3: AS3600-2009 + Hilti HIT-RE 500

Comparing the two formulas of AS3600-2001 and AS3600-2009:
The splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2001 allows the development length to be reduced indefinitely (minimum 12d
b
embedment) with more concrete confinement and is only limited by the 25.k1.d
b
, which in many cases leads to a deeper
embedment depth compared to post-installing with Hilti HIT-RE 500, therefore post-installing a bar with Hilti HIT-RE 500 proves
to be more economical against the cast-in bar.
In the splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2009, the K3 factor is equal to 0.7 for any confinement with c
d
3.d
b
; in many cases this
shall govern the required embedment depth against the 29.k1.d
b
(RHS) and also against the required embedment depth for the
post-installed rebar with Hilti HIT RE-500.
L
sy.b
= 25k
1
d
b

L
sy.tb
= 29k
1
d
b

0.5k
1
k
3
f
sy
d
b
k
2
f
c
L
sy.tb
=
Required embedment
depth for HIT-RE 500
k
1
k
2
f
sy
A
b
(2a + d
b
) f
c
0.5k
1
k
3
f
sy
d
b
k
2
f
c
May 2011 page 219
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Simply like cast-in.
The Hilti HIT system is the ideal solution
for all kinds of post-installed rebar
connections in conversion work,
retrofitting or the construction of new
structures.
The Hilti HIT system is a simple, highly
efficient and flexible solution for
installing rebar connections that are as
secure and reliable as cast-in
reinforcement. They simply work like
cast-in rebar.
In contrast to cast-in reinforcement,
however, these connections can be
installed entirely independently of the
concrete formwork and allow greater
flexibility in the construction schedule
and planning.
Simply more flexible.
Great flexibility is indispensable in
todays construction industry. Due to
tight schedules, the planning process
often overlaps with the actual execution
of the work.
Despite this, thanks to the ease with
which post-installed rebars can be
integrated in the structure using the Hilti
HIT system, deadlines can still be met.
The Hilti HIT system lets you place rebar
connections precisely where planned.
Complex and costly remedial work, or
structural alterations due to incorrectly
positioned reinforcement or as a result
of changes made to plans, thus become
a thing of the past.
The diagram clearly illustrates the effectiveness of Hilti HIT fast-cure and
slow-cure injectable mortars compared to other systems. With the Hilti
systems, loads are taken up evenly by the concrete, without stress peaks,
and thus transferred optimally to the existing reinforcement. The load
transfer values achieved by Hilti HIT are therefore comparable to those
obtained with cast-in reinforcement.
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
S
t
e
e
|

t
e
n
s
|
o
n

m
e
a
s
u
r
e
d

[
N
[
m
m
2
)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Depth of embedment [mm)
Cast-in rebar
Hilti HlT slow cure
mortar
Hilti HlT fast cure
mortar
Rigid epoxy resin
mortar
page 220 May 2011
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Design of post-installed rebar
using AS 3600-2009.
1. Calculation of the Basic Development
Length for a post-installed deformed bar in
tension In compliance with AS3600 Clause
13.1.2.2-2009
2.
This is the embedment depth required
to avoid splitting failure of the concrete
K
1
=1 For post-installed bar
K
2
= (132 - d
b
) / 100, and
K
3
= 1.0 - 0.15 x (c
d
-d
b
) / d
b
,
but 0.7 K
3

1.0, therefore
If c
d
3 x d
b
, k
3
=0.7
If c
d
= 2 x d
b
, k
3
=0.85
c
d
determines the confinement of the bar
and is equal to the smaller of the concrete
cover to the deformed bar or half the clear
distance to the next parallel bar.
(see Figure 1.1)
For post-installed rebar the following rules
apply for minimum spacing (S) and edge
distance (C) geometry:
S
min
= 5 x d
b
for hammer drilled holes
(centre to centre of rebars)
S
min
= 3 x d
b
for diamond cored holes only
(centre to centre of rebars)
C
min
= 2.5 x d
b
= drill hole loaction
(edge of concrete to centre of bar) 35mm
3. The minimum development length of
29 K
1
d
b
(required to avoid pull-out failure
of the cast-in bar) is no longer relevant to
post-installed bar and therefore is
replaced by the required minimum
embedment depth of the specific prodcut
used for post-installing the deformed bar.
In case of bars post-installed with Hilti
HIT-RE 500, this required minimum
embedment depth is generally smaller
than 29 K
1
d
b
. This is because the design
bond strength of the post-installed bar
made with Hilti HIT-RE 500 is higher
compared to cast-in bar due to better
performance of the adhesive mortar.
But for small edge distance and/or
narrow spacing splitting or spalling
forces become decisive due to the low
capacity of the concrete, therefore
concrete splitting shall govern the
required embedment depth.
4. A refined dvelopment length can be
calculated in compliance with AS 3600-
2009, Clause 13.1.2.3
5. To determine the length of lapped
splices for bars in Tension, multiply the
Basic Anchorage Depth by the relevant
coefficient in compliance with AS3600-
2009 Clause 13.2.2
6. Development length to develop
less than yield strength F
st
, shall be
determined from:
L
st
= L
sy.t
x (F
st
/F
sy
) 12.d
b
c
s/2
Figure 1.1
c
d
min {c;
s
2
}
0.5k
1
k
3
f
sy
d
b
k
2
f
c
L
sy.tb
=
c
/ s/2
May 2011 page 221
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Calculations of the basic anchorage depth
to develop yield of post-installed rebars.
The above values of the design bond resistance of HIT-RE 500 are given for the most unfavourable installation
conditions: diamond cored holes and non-dry concrete.
The definition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.
The values of fbd are taken from ETA 04/0027, and then multiplied by a 0.7 reduction factor for diamond cored holes.
The above values of the bond length for HIT-RE 500 shall be multiplied by a factor of (1/1.2) =0.83 for dry concrete
and a factor of 0.7 for hammer drilled holes.
Example: An N20 bar, post-installed in dry concrete with fc=32MPa and hammer drilled hole, requires a bond length
to develop yield equal to 510x0.7x0.83=296mm.
Example 3:
fc=40MPa, N20, s=150mm and c=80mm
With hammer drilled hole
Therefore, cd=65mm > 3.db and k3=0.7
Lsy.tb Bond length
494 501x0.7=351
Specication: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500,
494mm embedment into concrete
Example 1:
fc=32MPa, N16, s=80mm and c=40mm
Therefore,
cd=32mm =2.db and k3=0.85
Lsy.tb Bond length
518 408
Specication: N16 Rebar + HIT-RE 500,
520mm embedment into concrete.
Rebar Details fsy (N/mm
2
)q 500
Bar Size d0 (mm) 10 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
Drill bit size D0 (mm) 12-14 16-18 20-22 25-28 29-31 35-37 39-42 43-46 47-50
Sectional Area of bar As (mm
2
) 79 113 201 314 452 616 804 1018 1257
Design Yield Fsy (KN) 40 57 101 157 226 308 402 509 629
Edge distance (c/edge) c (mm) 35 42 56 70 84 98 112 126 140
Spacing (c/c) s (mm) 70 84 112 140 168 196 224 252 280
Length to Develop Yield Lsy.tb
fc = 20MPa (mm) 321 391 540 699 870 1054 1252 1467 1701
fc = 25MPa (mm) 287 350 483 625 778 942 1120 1313 1522
fc = 32MPa (mm) 254 309 427 552 687 833 990 1160 1345
fc = 40MPa (mm) 227 277 382 494 615 745 885 1038 1203
fc = 50MPa (mm) 203 247 341 442 550 666 792 928 1076
Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) - AS3600-2009. (b) For connement 3.d
b
; k
3
=0.7
HIT-RE 500 - Bond Length to Develop Yield
fbd (fc=20N/mm
2
) (ETA 04/0027) (N/mm
2
) 5.00 5.00 4.67 4.67 4.40 4.33 4.06 3.92 3.78
fc = 20MPa -> fB = 1 (mm) 250 300 429 536 682 808 985 1148 1323
fc = 25MPa 1.02 (mm) 245 294 420 525 668 792 966 1125 1297
fc = 32MPa 1.05 (mm) 238 286 408 510 649 769 938 1093 1260
fc = 40MPa 1.07 (mm) 234 280 401 501 637 755 921 1073 1236
fc = 50MPa 1.09 (mm) 229 275 393 491 625 741 904 1053 1214
Edge distance (c/edge) c (mm) 35 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Spacing (c/c) s (mm) 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Length to Develop Yield Lsy.tb
fc = 20MPa (mm) 389 475 655 849 1056 1279 1521 1782 2066
fc = 25MPa (mm) 348 425 586 759 944 1144 1360 1594 1848
fc = 32MPa (mm) 308 376 518 671 835 1011 1202 1409 1633
fc = 40MPa (mm) 275 336 463 600 747 905 1075 1260 1461
fc = 50MPa (mm) 246 301 415 537 668 809 962 1127 1307
Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) - AS3600-2009. (a) For connement =2.d
b
; k
3
=0.85
297
073
20
849
nn

82 20
1360
5 101
615 745 885 10
1148
668 792
5
Example 2:
fc=40MPa, N20, s=150mm and c=60mm
Therefore, cd=50mm and k3=0.775
Lsy.tb= 600 x (0.775/0.85) = 547mm
Lsy.tb Bond length
547 501
Specication: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500,
550mm embedment into concrete.
= 600
page 222 May 2011
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Everything you need for fast, easy and
reliable post-installed rebar.
Design
Hilti PROFIS Rebar puts post-installed rebar connection
design and the calculation of overlap and anchorage lengths
at your fingertips.
Drilling
Drill faster and safer with Hilti combihammers and
extra-rugged hammer drill bits, or with Hilti diamond core
drilling systems.
Cutting
Hilti angle grinders featuring Smart Power and Hilti AC-D
cutting discs for cutting rebars to length. Alternatively, use
Hilti cordless reciprocating saws for total mobility.
Detection
Ferroscan PS 200 for the detection of reinforcing bars in
concrete. Reduces the risk of hitting rebars when drilling.
Provides accurate positioning, depth and diameter of rebar.
Cleaning
Hilti HIT Profi Rebar sets keep all the required cleaning
accessories conveniently at hand.
Setting
Make a quick, easy, professional job of post-installed rebar
connections with Hilti HIT injectable mortars and efficient
Hilti dispensers.
More than 100,000 satisfied customers
benefit every year from our 25 years of
experience.
Anchor
Fastening
Technology
Manual
Australia / New Zealand
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
Hilti (Aust.) Pty Ltd | Level 5, 1G Homebush Bay Drive | Rhodes | NSW 2138 | T 131 292 | F 1300 135 042 | www.hilti.com.au
Item # 3480195
A
n
c
h
o
r

F
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g

T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y

M
a
n
u
a
l
May 2011